Alcatel New Features B12

Title page
Alcatel-Lucent
Base Station Subsystem | B12
New Features in Release B12
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA
Issue 51 | November 2015
Legal notice
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2015 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Note:
Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.

Contents
About this document

Purpose ......................................................................................................................................................................................... xlix
xlix
What's new .................................................................................................................................................................................. xlix

xlix
New in this release ................................................................................................................................................................... lviii

lviii
Intended audience ....................................................................................................................................................................... lix

lix
Supported systems ...................................................................................................................................................................... lix

lix
How to use this document ........................................................................................................................................................ lix

lix
Prerequisites .................................................................................................................................................................................. lix

lix
Conventions used ........................................................................................................................................................................ lix

lix
Related information ..................................................................................................................................................................... lx

lx
Document support ........................................................................................................................................................................ lx

lx
Technical support .......................................................................................................................................................................... lx

lx
How to order ................................................................................................................................................................................... lx

lx
How to comment ........................................................................................................................................................................... lx

lx
1 B12 Features Overview
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1

1-1
Document Structure ................................................................................................................................................................. 1-1

1-1
B12 Features ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-2

1-2
2 IP Transport in the BSS
IP Transport in the BSS Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 2-1

2-1
IP Transport in the BSS Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 2-1

2-1
Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-2

2-2
Hardware Coverage .................................................................................................................................................................. 2-4

2-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS iii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Issue 51 November 2015
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature activation ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-5
2-5
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-5

2-5
Counters and Indicators ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-13

2-13
LMT/OMC HMI Updates ................................................................................................................................................... 2-16

2-16
Applicable Documents ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-16

2-16
3 Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs)
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Introduction ..................................................................................... 3-1

3-1
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Overview .......................................................................................... 3-1

3-1
Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-2

3-2

3-3
Feature Activation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4

3-4
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4

3-4
Counters and Indicators .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-5

3-5
LMT/OMC HMI Updates ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-5

3-5
Applicable Documents ............................................................................................................................................................ 3-5

3-5
4 VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on One Slot)
VAMOS Introduction .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-1

4-1
VAMOS Overview ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1

4-1
Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-2

4-2

4-3

4-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-3

4-3

4-7

4-10

4-10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
iv Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization
Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization Introduction ...................................................... 5-1
5-1
Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization Overview ........................................................... 5-2
5-2
Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-2

5-2

5-3

5-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-3

5-3

5-3

5-3

5-4
6 Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Introduction ................................................................. 6-1

6-1
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Overview ...................................................................... 6-2

6-2
Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-2

6-2

6-4

6-4
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-4

6-4

6-4

6-4

6-5
7 Support of Boosted GP
Support of Boosted GP Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 7-1

7-1
Support of Boosted GP Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 7-1

7-1
Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-2

7-2

7-2

7-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS v
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-2
7-2

7-3

7-3

7-4
8 LTE to GSM Handover
LTE to GSM Handover Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 8-1

8-1
LTE to GSM Handover Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 8-1

8-1
Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-2

8-2

8-2

8-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-3

8-3

8-3

8-4

8-4
9 A User Plane over IP
A User Plane over IP Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 9-1

9-1
A User Plane over IP Overview ........................................................................................................................................... 9-1

9-1
Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 9-2

9-2

9-2

9-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-3

9-3

9-4

9-5

9-6
10 Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA)
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DVPA) Introduction ................................................................................... 10-1

10-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vi Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment Overview .......................................................................................................... 10-1
10-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 10-2

10-2
Hardware Coverage ............................................................................................................................................................... 10-2

10-2
Feature Activation .................................................................................................................................................................. 10-3

10-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-3

10-3

10-3

10-3

10-4
11 Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution
DPVA Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................... 11-1

11-1
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution Overview .......................................................... 11-1
11-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 11-2

11-2

11-2

11-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 11-3

11-3
Counters and Indicators ........................................................................................................................................................ 11-3

11-3

11-3

11-4
12 MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only)
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only) Introduction ...................................................................................................... 12-1

12-1
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only) Overview ........................................................................................................... 12-1

12-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 12-2

12-2

12-2

12-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 12-2

12-2

12-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS vii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-3

12-3
13 MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only)
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) Introduction ...................................................................................................... 13-1

13-1
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) Overview ........................................................................................................... 13-2

13-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 13-2

13-2

13-2

13-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-3

13-3

13-3

13-3

13-4
14 BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface
BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface Introduction ..................................................................................................... 14-1

14-1
BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface Overview .......................................................................................................... 14-1

14-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 14-2

14-2

14-2

14-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 14-2

14-2

14-2

14-3

14-3
15 NPOe/MPM Outside OMC
NPOe/MPM Outside OMC Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 15-1

15-1
NPOe/MPM Outside OMC Overview ............................................................................................................................ 15-1

15-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 15-2

15-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
viii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-2

15-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-2

15-2

15-3

15-3

15-3
16 Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Introduction ...................................................................................... 16-1

16-1
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Overview ........................................................................................... 16-2

16-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 16-2

16-2

16-2

16-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 16-3

16-3

16-3

16-3

16-3
17 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection Protocol Introduction .................................................................................... 17-1

17-1
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol Overview ........................................................................... 17-1

17-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 17-2

17-2

17-2

17-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-3

17-3

17-3

17-3

17-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS ix
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Security Enhancements for IP Introduction
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction .................................................................................................................. 18-1

18-1
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction Overview ............................................................................................. 18-1

18-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-2

18-2

18-3

18-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-3

18-3

18-4

18-4

18-5
19 Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS)
Change from FTP to SFTP Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 19-1

19-1
Change from FTP to SFTP Overview ............................................................................................................................. 19-1

19-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 19-2

19-2

19-2

19-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-2

19-2

19-3

19-3

19-3
20 Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity
Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity Introduction .......................................................... 20-1

20-1
Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity Overview ............................................................... 20-2

20-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 20-2

20-2

20-3

20-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 20-3
20-3

20-4

20-4

20-4
21 RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity
RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity Introduction ................................................................. 21-1

21-1
RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity Overview ...................................................................... 21-2

21-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 21-2

21-2

21-3

21-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 21-3

21-3

21-4

21-4

21-4
22 Remote BTS NEM
Remote BTS NEM Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 22-1

22-1
Remote BTS NEM Overview ............................................................................................................................................ 22-1

22-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 22-2

22-2

22-4

22-4
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 22-5

22-5

22-5

22-5

22-5
23 BTS Synchronization Through NTP
BTS Synchronization Through NTP Introduction ...................................................................................................... 23-1

23-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xi
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BTS Synchronization Through NTP Overview ........................................................................................................... 23-1
23-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 23-2

23-2

23-2

23-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 23-2

23-2

23-3

23-3

23-4
24 Layer 2 Network Access
Layer 2 Network Access Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 24-1

24-1
Layer 2 Network Access Overview ................................................................................................................................. 24-1

24-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-2

24-2

24-2

24-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-3

24-3

24-3

24-3

24-3
25 A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing
A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing Introduction ............................................................................... 25-1

25-1
A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing Overview .................................................................................... 25-1

25-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 25-2

25-2

25-2

25-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 25-3

25-3

25-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25-3

25-4
26 IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19"
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" Introduction ............................................ 26-1

26-1
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" Overview ................................................. 26-2

26-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 26-2

26-2

26-2

26-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 26-3

26-3

26-4

26-4

26-4
27 OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP
OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP Introduction .................................................................. 27-1
27-1
OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP Overview ....................................................................... 27-2
27-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 27-2

27-2

27-2

27-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 27-3

27-3

27-3

27-3

27-4
28 Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail to collect
Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail to collect Introduction ....................................... 28-1
28-1
Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail to collect Ovewrview ........................................ 28-2
28-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 28-2

28-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xiii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
28-2

28-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 28-3

28-3

28-3

28-3

28-3
29 Ater GCH Equity per GP
Ater GCH Equity per GP Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 29-1

29-1
Ater GCH Equity per GP Overview ................................................................................................................................ 29-1

29-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 29-2

29-2

29-2

29-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 29-3

29-3

29-3

29-4

29-4
30 OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement
OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement Introduction ............................................................................................ 30-1

30-1
OMC-R Command Mode Enhancement Overview ................................................................................................... 30-1

30-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 30-2

30-2

30-2

30-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 30-2

30-2

30-3

30-3

30-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xiv Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
31 MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side)
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) Introduction ................................................................................. 31-1

31-1
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) Overview ...................................................................................... 31-2

31-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 31-2

31-2

31-2

31-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 31-3

31-3

31-3

31-3

31-3
32 MC-RRH1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side)
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) Introduction ................................................................................. 32-1

32-1
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) Overview ...................................................................................... 32-2

32-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 32-2

32-2

32-2

32-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-3

32-3

32-3

32-3

32-3
33 Flexible RMSI Report Content
Flexible RMSI Report Content Introduction ................................................................................................................ 33-1

33-1
Flexible RMSI Report Content Overview ..................................................................................................................... 33-1

33-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 33-2

33-2

33-2

33-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xv
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-3
33-3

33-3

33-3

33-4
34 E-IRC(8PSK)
E-IRC(8PSK) Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 34-1

34-1
E-IRC(8PSK) Overview ...................................................................................................................................................... 34-1

34-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-2

34-2

34-2

34-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-2

34-2

34-3

34-3

34-3
35 E-IRC(GMSK)
E-IRC(GMSK) Introduction .............................................................................................................................................. 35-1

35-1
E-IRC(GMSK) Overview ................................................................................................................................................... 35-1

35-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-2

35-2

35-2

35-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-2

35-2

35-3

35-3

35-3
36 Packet Downlink Power Control
Packet Downlink Power Control Introduction ............................................................................................................ 36-1

36-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xvi Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Packet Downlink Power Control Overview ................................................................................................................. 36-1
36-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 36-2

36-2

36-2

36-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 36-3

36-3

36-3

36-4

36-4
37 Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB Introduction ......................................................................................................... 37-1

37-1
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB Overview .............................................................................................................. 37-1

37-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 37-2

37-2

37-2

37-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 37-3

37-3

37-3

37-3

37-4
38 New Type B Counter Requirements
New Type B Counter Requirements Introduction ...................................................................................................... 38-1

38-1
New Type B Counter Requirements Overview ........................................................................................................... 38-1

38-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 38-2

38-2

38-2

38-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 38-2

38-2

38-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xvii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
38-3

38-3
39 Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors
Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors Introduction ............................................................ 39-1
39-1
Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors Overview ................................................................. 39-2
39-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 39-2

39-2

39-2

39-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 39-3

39-3

39-3

39-3

39-4
40 Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Server
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Server Introduction .......................................... 40-1
40-1
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Server Overview ............................................... 40-2
40-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 40-2

40-2

40-3

40-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 40-3

40-3

40-3

40-3

40-4
41 Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX Resource
Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX Resource Introduction ........................................ 41-1
41-1
Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX Resource Overview ............................................. 41-2
41-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 41-2

41-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xviii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
41-2

41-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 41-3

41-3

41-3

41-3

41-4
42 OMC-R User Group Management
OMC-R User Group Management Introduction ......................................................................................................... 42-1

42-1
OMC-R User Group Management Overview .............................................................................................................. 42-1

42-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 42-2

42-2

42-2

42-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 42-2

42-2

42-3

42-3

42-3
43 Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability
Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability Introduction .......................................................... 43-1

43-1
Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability Overview ............................................................... 43-2

43-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 43-2

43-2

43-2

43-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 43-2

43-2

43-3

43-3

43-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xix
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
44 Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load Balancing
Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load Balancing Introduction .................................. 44-1
44-1
Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load Balancing Overview ....................................... 44-2
44-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 44-2

44-2

44-2

44-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 44-3

44-3

44-3

44-3

44-4
45 Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Mode
Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Mode Introduction .................................... 45-1
45-1
Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Mode Overview ......................................... 45-2
45-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 45-2

45-2

45-3

45-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 45-3

45-3

45-4

45-4

45-4
46 Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Introduction ................................................................................. 46-1

46-1
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Overview ...................................................................................... 46-2

46-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 46-2

46-2

46-2

46-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xx Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 46-3
46-3

46-3

46-3

46-3
47 Max threshold for HR usage per BSC
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Introduction .................................................................................................. 47-1

47-1
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Overview ....................................................................................................... 47-1

47-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 47-2

47-2

47-4

47-4
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 47-4

47-4

47-4

47-5

47-5
48 Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Introduction .................................................................................. 48-1
48-1
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Overview ....................................................................................... 48-2
48-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 48-2

48-2

48-2

48-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 48-2

48-2

48-3

48-3

48-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxi
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
49 PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed mode in the RR allocation
algorithm
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed mode in the RR allocation algorithm
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................................... 49-2
49-2
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed mode in the RR allocation algorithm
Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................... 49-2
49-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 49-3

49-3

49-3

49-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 49-3

49-3

49-4

49-4

49-4
50 PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the common long TBF
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the common long TBF Introduction ........................... 50-1
50-1
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the common long TBF Overview ................................ 50-2
50-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 50-2

50-2

50-2

50-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 50-3

50-3

50-3

50-3

50-4
51 Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Thresholds
Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Thresholds Introduction .............................................. 51-1

51-1
Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Thresholds Overview ................................................... 51-2

51-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 51-2

51-2

51-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
51-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 51-2

51-2

51-3

51-3

51-3
52 Several Link-mapping table templates
Several Link-mapping table templates Introduction ................................................................................................. 52-1

52-1
Several Link-mapping table templates Overview ...................................................................................................... 52-1

52-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 52-2

52-2

52-2

52-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 52-2

52-2

52-3

52-3

52-3
53 Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry
Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry Introduction .............................................................. 53-1
53-1
Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry Overview ................................................................... 53-2
53-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 53-2

53-2

53-2

53-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 53-3

53-3

53-3

53-3

53-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxiii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
54 Mini RRH 1800
Mini RRH 1800 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 54-1

54-1
Mini RRH Overview ............................................................................................................................................................. 54-1

54-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 54-2

54-2

54-2

54-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 54-3

54-3

54-3

54-3

54-4
55 9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS service interruption
9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS service interruption Introduction ........................ 55-1
55-1
9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS service interruption Overview ............................. 55-2
55-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 55-2

55-2

55-2

55-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 55-3

55-3

55-3

55-3

55-3
56 Ir over PTN
Ir over PTN Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................... 56-1

56-1
Ir over PTN Overview .......................................................................................................................................................... 56-1

56-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 56-2

56-2

56-6

56-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxiv Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 56-6
56-6

56-7

56-7

56-7
57 Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations
Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Introduction ......................................................................................... 57-1

57-1
Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Overview .............................................................................................. 57-2

57-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 57-2

57-2

57-2

57-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 57-3

57-3

57-3

57-3

57-4
58 Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution)
Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Introduction ................................................................................... 58-1

58-1
Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Overview ........................................................................................ 58-2

58-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 58-2

58-2

58-2

58-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 58-3

58-3

58-3

58-3

58-4
59 9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Introduction ................................................................................................ 59-1

59-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxv
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Overview ..................................................................................................... 59-2
59-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 59-2

59-2

59-3

59-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 59-4

59-4

59-4

59-4

59-4
60 OLC Enhancements
OLC Enhancements Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 60-1

60-1
OLC Enhancements Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 60-2

60-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 60-2

60-2

60-3

60-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 60-4

60-4

60-4

60-4

60-5
61 OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86
OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 Introduction ................................................................................. 61-1

61-1
OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 Overview ...................................................................................... 61-2

61-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 61-2

61-2

61-2

61-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 61-3

61-3

61-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxvi Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
61-3

61-4
62 lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station
lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station Introduction ..................................................................................................... 62-1

62-1
lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station Overview ......................................................................................................... 62-1

62-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 62-2

62-2

62-2

62-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 62-3

62-3

62-3

62-3

62-3
63 lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Introduction ................................................................................................. 63-1

63-1
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Overview ...................................................................................................... 63-1

63-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 63-2

63-2

63-2

63-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 63-3

63-3

63-3

63-3

63-3
64 BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Introduction ................................................................................................ 64-1

64-1
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Overview ..................................................................................................... 64-2

64-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 64-2

64-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxvii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
64-4

64-5
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 64-5

64-5

64-5

64-5

64-6
65 Password Dictionary Checking
Password Dictionary Checking Introduction ............................................................................................................... 65-1

65-1
Password Dictionary Checking Overview .................................................................................................................... 65-1

65-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 65-2

65-2

65-2

65-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 65-3

65-3

65-3

65-3

65-3
66 OMC-R Log Management
OMC-R Log Management Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 66-1

66-1
OMC-R Log Management Overview ............................................................................................................................. 66-1

66-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 66-2

66-2

66-3

66-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 66-3

66-3

66-3

66-3

66-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxviii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
67 TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode)
TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) Introduction ...................................................................................................... 67-1

67-1
TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) Overview ........................................................................................................... 67-1

67-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 67-2

67-2

67-2

67-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 67-3

67-3

67-3

67-3

67-3
68 RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only Introduction ............................................................................ 68-1

68-1
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only Overview ................................................................................. 68-2

68-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 68-2

68-2

68-2

68-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 68-3

68-3

68-3

68-3

68-4
69 MOCN
MOCN Introduction .............................................................................................................................................................. 69-1

69-1
MOCN Overview ................................................................................................................................................................... 69-1

69-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 69-2

69-2

69-2

69-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxix
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 69-3
69-3

69-4

69-5

69-5
70 4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling channel
4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling channel Introduction .......................................... 70-1
70-1
4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling channel Overview ............................................... 70-2
70-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 70-2

70-2

70-2

70-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 70-3

70-3

70-3

70-3

70-3
71 Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells
Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Introduction ............................................................................. 71-1

71-1
Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Overview .................................................................................. 71-2

71-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 71-2

71-2

71-2

71-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 71-3

71-3

71-3

71-3

71-3
72 Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Address
Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Address Introduction .................................................................... 72-1

72-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxx Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Addresses Overview ..................................................................... 72-2
72-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 72-2

72-2

72-2

72-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 72-3

72-3

72-3

72-3

72-3
73 SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC
SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Introduction ............................................................................. 73-1
73-1
SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Overview .................................................................................. 73-2
73-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 73-2

73-2

73-2

73-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 73-3

73-3

73-3

73-3

73-3
74 CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC
CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Introduction .............................................................................. 74-1
74-1
CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Overview ................................................................................... 74-2
74-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 74-2

74-2

74-2

74-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 74-3

74-3

74-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxxi
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
74-3

74-3
75 Capacity improvement on Boosted GP - step1 (Ater GCH Equity per GP Step 2)
Capacity improvement on Boosted GP - step1 (Ater GCH Equity per GP Step 2) Introduction .............. 75-1
75-1
Capacity improvement on Boosted GP – step1 (Ater GCH Equity per GP Step 2) Overview .................. 75-2
75-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 75-2

75-2

75-2

75-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 75-3

75-3

75-3

75-4

75-4
76 SUMX19/RRH User Label
SUMX19/RRH User Label Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 76-1

76-1
SUMX19/RRH User Label Overview ............................................................................................................................ 76-1

76-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 76-2

76-2

76-2

76-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 76-2

76-2

76-3

76-3

76-3
77 BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS
BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS Introduction .................................................................................................... 77-1

77-1
BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS Overview ......................................................................................................... 77-1

77-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 77-2

77-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
77-2

77-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 77-3

77-3

77-3

77-3

77-3
78 GP load balancing for 9130 MFS - static solutions
GP load balancing for 9130 MFS - static solutions Introduction ......................................................................... 78-1
78-1
GP Load Balancing for 9130 MFS - Static Solutions Overview .......................................................................... 78-1
78-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 78-2

78-2

78-2

78-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 78-3

78-3

78-3

78-3

78-4
79 PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Allocation/retention priority (ARP)
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Allocation/retention priority (ARP)

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................................... 79-2
79-2
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Allocation/retention priority (ARP)

Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................... 79-2
79-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 79-3

79-3

79-3

79-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 79-4

79-4

79-4

79-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxxiii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
79-5
80 PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Increased multi-TBF per PDCH for
instant message service
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Increased multi-TBF per PDCH for
instant message service Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 80-2
80-2
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Increased multi-TBF per PDCH for
instant message service Overview ........................................................................................................................... 80-2
80-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 80-3

80-3

80-3

80-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 80-4

80-4

80-4

80-4

80-5
81 Max threshold for HR usage per cell
Max threshold for HR usage per cell Introduction ..................................................................................................... 81-1

81-1
Max threshold for HR usage per Cell Overview ........................................................................................................ 81-1

81-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 81-2

81-2

81-2

81-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 81-3

81-3

81-3

81-3

81-4
82 Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS
Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS Introduction ................................................................... 82-1
82-1
Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS Overview ........................................................................ 82-2
82-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxiv Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 82-2
82-2

82-2

82-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 82-3

82-3

82-3

82-3

82-3
83 OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces
OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces Introduction ....................................................... 83-1
83-1
OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces Overview ............................................................ 83-2
83-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 83-2

83-2

83-3

83-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 83-3

83-3

83-3

83-3

83-4
84 512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC
512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC Introduction ...................................................................................... 84-1

84-1
512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC Overview ........................................................................................... 84-1

84-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 84-2

84-2

84-2

84-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 84-2

84-2

84-3

84-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxxv
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
84-3
85 Small Packet Detection
Small Packet Detection Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 85-1

85-1
Small Packet Detection Overview ................................................................................................................................... 85-1

85-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 85-2

85-2

85-2

85-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 85-3

85-3

85-3

85-3

85-4
86 MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities Compared to ANC/AGC
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities Compared to ANC/AGC

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................................... 86-1
86-1
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities Compared to ANC/AGC Overview

................................................................................................................................................................................................ 86-2
86-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 86-2

86-2

86-2

86-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 86-3

86-3

86-3

86-3

86-4
87 Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC from both OMC-R and NEM
Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC from both OMC-R and NEM
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................................... 87-1
87-1
Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC from both OMC-R and NEM Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................................ 87-2
87-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 87-2

87-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxvi Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
87-2

87-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 87-3

87-3

87-3

87-3

87-3
88 Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI
Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Introduction .......................................................................... 88-1

88-1
Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Overview ............................................................................... 88-2

88-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 88-2

88-2

88-2

88-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 88-3

88-3

88-3

88-3

88-4
89 MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM Introduction ............................................................................................ 89-1

89-1
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM Overview ................................................................................................. 89-1

89-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 89-2

89-2

89-2

89-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 89-2

89-2

89-3

89-3

89-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxxvii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
90 MUXRTP Support for AoIP
MUXRTP Support for AoIP Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 90-1

90-1
MUXRTP Support for AoIP Overview ........................................................................................................................... 90-1

90-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 90-2

90-2

90-2

90-2
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 90-2

90-2

90-3

90-3

90-3
91 Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Alarm is not in CAL
Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Alarm is not in CAL Introduction ................. 91-1
91-1
Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Alarm is not in CAL Overview ...................... 91-2
91-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 91-2

91-2

91-3

91-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 91-3

91-3

91-3

91-4

91-4
92 Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi-Techno Operation
Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi-Techno Operation Introduction .......................................... 92-1
92-1
Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi -Techno Operation Overview .............................................. 92-2
92-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 92-2

92-2

92-3

92-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxviii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 92-3
92-3

92-4

92-4

92-4
93 New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS
New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS Introduction ............................................................. 93-1

93-1
New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS Overview .................................................................. 93-2

93-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 93-2

93-2

93-3

93-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 93-3

93-3

93-4

93-4

93-4
94 Multiple RRH Logical Cell
Multiple RRH Logical Cell Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 94-1

94-1
Multiple RRH Logical Cell Overview ............................................................................................................................ 94-1

94-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 94-2

94-2

94-2

94-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 94-3

94-3

94-3

94-3

94-4
95 GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same GSM Cell
GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same GSM Cell Introduction ......................... 95-1
95-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xxxix
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same GSM Cell Overview .............................. 95-2
95-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 95-2

95-2

95-3

95-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 95-3

95-3

95-3

95-4

95-4
96 LCS Support GPS
LCS Support GPS Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 96-1

96-1
LCS Support GPS Overview .............................................................................................................................................. 96-1

96-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 96-2

96-2

96-3

96-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 96-3

96-3

96-4

96-4

96-4
97 Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU Introduction ................................................ 97-1
97-1
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU Overview ..................................................... 97-2
97-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 97-2

97-2

97-2

97-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 97-3

97-3

97-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xl Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
97-3

97-4
98 Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX Introduction ......................................................... 98-1
98-1
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX Overview .............................................................. 98-2
98-2
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 98-2

98-2

98-2

98-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 98-3

98-3

98-3

98-3

98-4
99 Cell Enlarged Frequency Span
Cell Enlarged Frequency Span .......................................................................................................................................... 99-1

99-1
Cell Enlarged Frequency Span .......................................................................................................................................... 99-1

99-1
Description ................................................................................................................................................................................ 99-2

99-2

99-2

99-3
Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................. 99-3

99-3

99-3

99-3

99-4
100 IP BSS Transmission Alarm
IP BSS Transmission Alarm Introduction ................................................................................................................... 100-1

100-1
IP BSS Transmission Alarm Overview ........................................................................................................................ 100-1

100-1
Description ............................................................................................................................................................................. 100-2

100-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xli
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage ............................................................................................................................................................. 100-3
100-3
Feature Activation ................................................................................................................................................................ 100-3

100-3
Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................................. 100-3

100-3
Counters and Indicators ..................................................................................................................................................... 100-3

100-3
LMT/OMC HMI Updates ................................................................................................................................................. 100-4

100-4
Applicable Documents ....................................................................................................................................................... 100-4

100-4
101 9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection
9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection Introduction ............................................................................. 101-1
101-1
9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection Overview .................................................................................. 101-2
101-2
Description ............................................................................................................................................................................. 101-2

101-2

101-2

101-3
Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................................. 101-3

101-3

101-3

101-3

101-4
102 Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS
Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Introduction ................................................................. 102-1

102-1
Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Overview ...................................................................... 102-2

102-2
Description ............................................................................................................................................................................. 102-2

102-2

102-2

102-2
Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................................. 102-3

102-3

102-3

102-3

102-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xlii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xliii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xliv Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
List of tables
1-1 Release B12 Feature List ........................................................................................................................................ 1-2

1-2
2-1 The 9130 BSC Evolution flow and switch ports ............................................................................................ 2-3
2-2 MFS Flow and Switch Ports .................................................................................................................................. 2-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xlv
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xlvi Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
List of figures
2-1 Mixed mode BSS ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-2

2-2
2-2 Full IP over Ethernet BSS mode .......................................................................................................................... 2-3
4-1 AQPSK constellation ............................................................................................................................................... 4-2

4-2
5-1 The NodeB synchronization principle ............................................................................................................... 5-2
6-1 SFP hot-plugging procedure .................................................................................................................................. 6-3
47-1 Load tresholds in a cell ......................................................................................................................................... 47-2
47-2 Load treshold in BSS ............................................................................................................................................. 47-3
56-1 Distributed BTS: one SUMX with 6 RRHs in a chain .............................................................................. 56-3
56-2 Distributed BTS: one SUMX with 6 RRHs in a chain and OLC .......................................................... 56-3
56-3 Distributed BTS: one SUMX with 2 chains (3 RRHs per chain) .......................................................... 56-4
56-4 Distributed BTS: one SUMX with 3 chains (2 RRHs per chain) .......................................................... 56-5
64-1 BSS network with Synchronous Ethernet ...................................................................................................... 64-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xlvii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xlviii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
About this document
Purpose
This document describes the Alcatel-Lucent Release B12 GSM features. Note that some
of the features may be unavailable on the system installed at your location.
What's new
Issue number Reason for reissue

51 The following section is updated: “Description”
(p. 100-2).
The following chapter is updated:Chapter 99, “Cell
Enlarged Frequency Span”
The following chapter was added:Chapter 102,
“Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS ”
.
50 The following chapters were added:
• Chapter 100, “ IP BSS Transmission Alarm ”'
• Chapter 101, “ 9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong
Sectors Detection ”.
49 The following chapter was added: Chapter 99, “Cell
Enlarged Frequency Span”
48 The following chapters are added:
• Chapter 98, “ Storage and Re-entry of TMA
Variables on Swap of SUMX ”
• Chapter 97, “ Storage and Re-entry of TMA
Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU ”.
47 The following chapters are added:
• Chapter 95, “ GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD
Cell Re-selection from a Same GSM Cell ”
• Chapter 96, “ LCS Support GPS ”
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS xlix
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

46 The following sections were updated:
• “Parameters” (p. 37-3)
• “B12 Features” (p. 1-2)
• “Description” (p. 68-2)
• “Applicable Documents” (p. 68-4)
• Chapter 62, “lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station”
• Chapter 63, “lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base
Station”
43 The following section was updated: “Description”
(p. 40-2)
The following chapter was added: Chapter 94,
“Multiple RRH Logical Cell”
42 Updated the “Hardware Coverage” (p. 9-2) of AUPoIP.
41 Chapter MC-RRH Advanced Configurations: 12 RRH
in Ring/Chain w/o OLC was removed.
• “Feature Activation” (p. 15-2), from Chapter 15
• “Hardware Coverage” (p. 92-3), from Chapter 93.
39 The following section was updated: “Parameters”
(p. 92-3)
38 The following sections were added:
• Chapter 92, “Power Calculation Tool for MC
Modules Multi-Techno Operation”
• Chapter 93, “New Engineering Mode: No Alarms
Forwarded to NMS”
37 The following section is updated: Chapter 69, “MOCN”
.
The following sections were added:
• Chapter 89, “MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in
GSM”
• Chapter 90, “MUXRTP Support for AoIP”
• Chapter 91, “Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when
corresponding Active Alarm is not in CAL ”
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
l Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

36 The following section was updated: Chapter 83,
“OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External
Interfaces”
Chapter 88, “Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based
on IMSI” was added.
35 The following sections are added:
• Chapter 86, “MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR
Measurement Capabilities Compared to
ANC/AGC”
• Chapter 87, “Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on
Single RRH in a OLC from both OMC-R and
NEM”
The following section was updated: Chapter 65,
“Password Dictionary Checking”
• Chapter 4, “VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive
Multi-rate channels on One Slot)”
• Chapter 85, “Small Packet Detection”
• Chapter 65, “Password Dictionary Checking”
33 The following section was updated: Chapter 65,
“Password Dictionary Checking”
• Chapter 82, “Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping
Cell in 9130 MFS”
• Chapter 83, “OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal
and External Interfaces”
• Chapter 84, “512 MGWs IP addresses supported by
BSC”
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS li
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

• Chapter 74, “CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for
9130 BSC”
• Chapter 76, “SUMX19/RRH User Label”
• Chapter 77, “BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS”
• Chapter 81, “Max threshold for HR usage per cell”
• Chapter 78, “GP load balancing for 9130 MFS -
static solutions”
• Chapter 79, “ PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet
QoS management - Allocation/retention priority
(ARP)”
• Chapter 80, “PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet
QoS management - Increased multi-TBF per PDCH
for instant message service”.
• Chapter 75, “Capacity improvement on Boosted GP
- step1 (Ater GCH Equity per GP Step 2)”
• Chapter 69, “MOCN”
• Chapter 68, “RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and
GSM only”
• Chapter 67, “TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode)”
• Chapter 65, “Password Dictionary Checking”
• Chapter 66, “OMC-R Log Management”
• Chapter 70, “4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate
& type of signalling channel”.
• Chapter 71, “Additional Filters in RNUSM
External 3G Cells”
• Chapter 72, “Automated Script for Modifying
OMC-R IP Address”
• Chapter 73, “SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for
9130 BSC”
The counters were updated in chapter: Chapter 4,
“VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate
channels on One Slot)”.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

29 Chapter 64, “BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet”
was added.
The following chapters were updated:
• Chapter 20, “Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15
Minutes Granularity”
• Chapter 21, “RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15
• Chapter 33, “Flexible RMSI Report Content”.
28 The following chapters were updated:
• “Hardware Coverage” (p. 12-2)
• “Description” (p. 60-2)
• Chapter 16, “Navigation to NPO for PM display at
OMC”
• Chapter 56, “Ir over PTN”
26 The following chapters were added/updated:
• Chapter 62, “lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station”
• Chapter 59, “9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 &
B8”
• Chapter 63, “lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base
Station”
• Chapter 26, “IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36
TRX per SUMX/SUMX19"”
25 The following chapters were added/updated:
• Chapter 60, “OLC Enhancements”
• Chapter 61, “OMC-R Applications Migration on
Linux/x86”
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS liii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

• “Several Link-mapping table templates Overview”
(p. 52-1)
• “E-IRC(8PSK) Overview” (p. 34-1)
• “Packet Downlink Power Control Overview”
(p. 36-1)
• “9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to
decrease PS service interruption Overview”
(p. 55-2)
• “Alarm generated when the expected performance
data fail to collect Ovewrview” (p. 28-2)
23 “Parameters” (p. 36-3) was updated.
• Chapter 59, “9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 &
B8”
• Chapter 60, “OLC Enhancements”
21 Chapter Chapter 58, “Small Packet Detection
(Simplified Solution)” was added.
20 The following chapter was added:
• Chapter 57, “Confirmation Dialog for Risky
Operations”
19 The following chapter was added:
18 Chapter Chapter 55, “9130 MFS GP Reset duration
reduction to decrease PS service interruption” was
added.
Chapter Chapter 29, “Ater GCH Equity per GP” was
updated.
Chapter “Description” (p. 5-2) was updated.
Chapter “Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB
Synchronization Overview” (p. 5-2) was updated.
Section “Description” (p. 47-2) was updated.
17 Chapter Chapter 29, “Ater GCH Equity per GP” was
updated.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
liv Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

16 The following chapters were updated
• Chapter 49, “PS Algorithm Optimizations:
Distinguish the TBF in delayed mode in the RR
allocation algorithm” chapter was updated.
• Chapter 33, “Flexible RMSI Report Content”
The following chapters were added:
• Chapter 54, “Mini RRH 1800”
• Chapter 53, “Warning Message for Optional
Features License Expiry”
15 Chapter 52, “Several Link-mapping table templates”
chapter was added.
• “Parameters” (p. 44-3)
• MC-RRH Advanced Configurations: 12 RRH in
Ring/Chain w/o OLC
• Chapter 44, “Improvement of 900/1800 Dual -
Band Network - CS Load Balancing”
• Chapter 45, “Black-list Management of
Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Mode”
• “Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs
Overview” (p. 46-2).
• Chapter 47, “Max threshold for HR usage per
BSC”
• Chapter 48, “Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and
non QQ”
Distinguish the TBF in delayed mode in the RR
allocation algorithm”
Increased weight for the common long TBF”
• Chapter 51, “Improvement on AMR - Handling of
Power Control Thresholds”
The following chapter was updated: Chapter 30,
“OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement”
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS lv
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

• Chapter 34, “E-IRC(8PSK)”
• Chapter 35, “E-IRC(GMSK)”
• Chapter 4, “VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive
Multi-rate channels on One Slot)”.
The following sections were updated:
• “MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side)
Overview” (p. 32-2)
The “IP over E1(IPoE1)" feature will be available
commercially from Release LR13.
11 The following chapter was added: Chapter 11,
“Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean
Solution”
The following chapter was updated: Chapter 30,
“OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement”
10 The following chapter was updated:
Chapter 39, “Script for Counting and Restoring OOS
TRE and Sectors”
• Chapter 42, “OMC-R User Group Management”
• Chapter 43, “Statistics/Report on OMC-R System
Availability/Stability ”
9 The following chapter was updated:Chapter 37,
“Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB”
• “Packet Downlink Power Control Introduction”
(p. 36-1)
• Chapter 39, “Script for Counting and Restoring
OOS TRE and Sectors”
• Chapter 40, “Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time
Deviation with NTP Server”
• Chapter 41, “Customized Report on Graphical User
Interface for TRX Resource”
• Remove MC TRDU related chapter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lvi Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8 The following chapter was updated: “B12 Features”
(p. 1-2)
The following chapter was added: Chapter 38, “New
Type B Counter Requirements”
• Chapter 31, “MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on
3G side)”
• Chapter 32, “MC-RRH1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on
3G side)”
• MC-RRH Advanced Configurations: 12 RRH in
Ring/Chain w/o OLC
• Chapter 33, “Flexible RMSI Report Content”
The following sections were added:
• Chapter 34, “E-IRC(8PSK)”
• Chapter 35, “E-IRC(GMSK)”
• Chapter 37, “Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB”
6 Chapters were added.
• Chapter 29, “Ater GCH Equity per GP”
• Chapter 30, “OMC-R Command Mode
Enchancement”
• Chapter 27, “OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy
Using Solaris IPMP”
• Chapter 28, “Alarm generated when the expected
performance data fail to collect”
• Chapter 18, “Security Enhancements for IP
Introduction”
• Chapter 17, “Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
(BFD) Protocol”
• Chapter 1, “B12 Features Overview”
The following chapter was added:Chapter 26,
“IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per
SUMX/SUMX19"”
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS lvii
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 Editorial improvements made in “RMS Type A&B&C
Report in 15 Minutes Granularity Overview” (p. 21-2).
The following section were added:
• Chapter 25, “A Signaling over IP: Symmetric
Multi-Homing”
The following sections were updated:
• Chapter 2, “IP Transport in the BSS”
• Chapter 8, “LTE to GSM Handover”
• Chapter 10, “Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment
(DPVA)”
• Chapter 12, “MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only)”
• Chapter 14, “BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface”
• Chapter 17, “Bidirectional Forwarding Detection
(BFD) Protocol”
• Chapter 18, “Security Enhancements for IP
Introduction”
• Chapter 20, “Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15
• Chapter 21, “RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15
2 The following sections were added/updated:
• Chapter 10, “Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment
(DPVA)”
• Chapter 3, “Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300
Erlangs)”
• Chapter 22, “Remote BTS NEM”
• Chapter 23, “BTS Synchronization Through NTP”
• Chapter 24, “Layer 2 Network Access”
1 First official release of the document.
New in this release

This section contains information about changes to the current document.
Other changes
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lviii Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intended audience
This document is intended for personnel requiring a general overview of the Release B12
features, including:
• Technical Project Managers
• Support engineers
• Operators
• Client Help Desk personnel.
Supported systems
This document applies to Release B12 of the BSS.
The following convention applies for a 9125 TC equipped with a TC STM1 - IP subrack:
• TC STM1 interface board is also referred as TCIF
• TC STM1 IP interface board is also referred as TCIFI.
How to use this document

No specific recommendation applies regarding the way readers should read this
document.
Prerequisites
You must have a basic understanding of the following:
• Alcatel-Lucent operations and maintenance (O&M) concepts for GSM
• Network Management concepts and terminology.
Conventions used
This section gives information on conventions.
Vocabulary conventions
None.
Typographical conventions
The following typographical conventions are used in this document:
Appearance Description
Italicized text Emphasized information.
graphical user interface text Text that is displayed in a graphical user interface or in a
hardware label.
Document reference, reference Related document that is referenced in the document.
number
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS lix
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related information
None.
Document support
For support in using this or any other company document, contact us at the following
telephone numbers.
From United States
• If you are using a landline, a cellular phone or VoIP, dial this number: 1-888-582-3688
From other countries
• If you are using a cellular phone or VoIP, dial this number: +1-630-224-2485
• If you are using a landline (phone without a plus [+] character), replace the plus sign
with the corresponding exit code. Dial this number: Exit code for the country of
origin: 1-630-224-2485. See the country-specific exit codes listed here.
These numbers apply for document support only. For details about product hardware,
software, and technical support, see the section “Technical support”.
Technical support
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact
information.
How to order
To order Alcatel-Lucent documents, contact your local sales representative or use Online
Customer Support (OLCS) (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com)
How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatel-
lucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lx Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
1 B12 Features Overview
1
Overview
Purpose
This section presents:
• The document structure
• An overview of the Release B12 features.
Contents
Document Structure 1-1

B12 Features 1-2
Document Structure
Overview
For each feature, this document provides:
• Description
A short overview of the feature.
• Hardware Coverage
A description of the supported hardware.
• Feature Activation
Lists the steps required to use the feature.
• Parameters
• Counters and Indicators
• LMT/OMC HMI Updates
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS 1-1
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
B12 Features Overview Document Structure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
It lists the new or modified windows in the LMT or OMC-R:
– LMT Updates
– OMC-R HMI Updates.
• Applicable Documents
Lists associated documents.
B12 Features
Overview
The following table presents the Release B12 feature list and the associated Release
Version.
Table 1-1 Release B12 Feature List
B12 Feature List B12 Release

Version
Chapter 2, “IP Transport in the BSS” B12.1
Chapter 3, “Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs)” B12.1
Chapter 4, “VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on One Slot)” B12.1
Chapter 5, “Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization” B12.1
Chapter 6, “Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis” B12.1
Chapter 7, “Support of Boosted GP” B12.1
Chapter 8, “LTE to GSM Handover” B12.2Ed3
Chapter 9, “A User Plane over IP” B12.1
Chapter 10, “Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA)” B12.1
Chapter 11, “Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution” B12.2
Chapter 12, “MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only)” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 13, “MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only)” MC-TRX 1800
B12.1,
MC-TRX 900
B12.2Ed2.2
Chapter 14, “BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 15, “NPOe/MPM Outside OMC” B12.1
Chapter 16, “Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC” B12.1
Chapter 17, “Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol” B12.1Ed2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-2 Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
B12 Features Overview B12 Features
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-1 Release B12 Feature List (continued)

Version
Chapter 18, “Security Enhancements for IP Introduction” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 19, “Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS)” B12.1
Chapter 20, “Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 21, “RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 22, “Remote BTS NEM” B12.1
Chapter 23, “BTS Synchronization Through NTP” B12.1
Chapter 24, “Layer 2 Network Access” B12.1
Chapter 25, “A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 26, “IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19"” B12.2
Chapter 27, “OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP” B12.2
Chapter 28, “Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail to collect” B12.2
Chapter 29, “Ater GCH Equity per GP” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 30, “OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 31, “MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side)” B12.1Ed2
Chapter 32, “MC-RRH1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side)” B12.2Ed1.5
Chapter 33, “Flexible RMSI Report Content” B12.2
Chapter 34, “E-IRC(8PSK)” B12.2 for TDM
B12.2Ed3 for IP
Chapter 35, “E-IRC(GMSK)” B12.2
Chapter 36, “Packet Downlink Power Control” B12.2 for TDM
B12.2Ed3 for IP
Chapter 37, “Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB” B12.2 for TDM
B12.2Ed3 for IP
Chapter 38, “New Type B Counter Requirements” B12.2
Chapter 39, “Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors” B12.2
Chapter 40, “Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Server” B12.2
Chapter 41, “Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX Resource” B12.2
Chapter 42, “OMC-R User Group Management” B12.2
Chapter 43, “Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability ” B12.2
Chapter 44, “Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load Balancing” B12.2Ed2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Version
Chapter 45, “Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Mode” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 46, “Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 47, “Max threshold for HR usage per BSC” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 48, “Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 49, “PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed mode in the B12.2Ed2
RR allocation algorithm”
Chapter 50, “PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the common long TBF” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 51, “Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Thresholds” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 52, “Several Link-mapping table templates” B12.2Ed2 for TDM
B12.2Ed3 for IP
Chapter 53, “Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 54, “Mini RRH 1800” B12.2Ed2.1
Chapter 55, “9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS service B12.2Ed2
interruption”
Chapter 56, “Ir over PTN” B12.2Ed2.1
Chapter 57, “Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations” B12.2Ed3
Chapter 58, “Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution)” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 59, “9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8” B12.2Ed3
Chapter 60, “OLC Enhancements” B12.2Ed3
Chapter 61, “OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86” B12.2Ed3
Chapter 62, “lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station” B12.2Ed2
Chapter 63, “lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station” B12.2Ed3
Chapter 64, “BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet” B12.2Ed3
Chapter 65, “Password Dictionary Checking” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 66, “OMC-R Log Management” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 67, “TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode)” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 68, “RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 69, “MOCN” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 70, “4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling channel” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 71, “Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells” B12.2Ed4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Version
Chapter 72, “Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Address” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 73, “SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 74, “CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 75, “Capacity improvement on Boosted GP - step1 (Ater GCH Equity per GP B12.2Ed4
Step 2)”
Chapter 76, “SUMX19/RRH User Label” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 77, “BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 78, “GP load balancing for 9130 MFS - static solutions” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 79, “ PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - B12.2Ed4
Allocation/retention priority (ARP)”
Chapter 80, “PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Increased B12.2Ed4
multi-TBF per PDCH for instant message service”
Chapter 81, “Max threshold for HR usage per cell” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 82, “Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 83, “OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 84, “512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC” B12.2Ed2.2
Chapter 85, “Small Packet Detection” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 86, “MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities Compared to B12.2Ed4
ANC/AGC”
Chapter 87, “Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC from both B12.2Ed4
OMC-R and NEM”
Chapter 88, “Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 89, “MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM” B12.2Ed3
Chapter 90, “MUXRTP Support for AoIP” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 91, “Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Alarm is not in B12.2Ed4
CAL ”
Chapter 92, “Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi-Techno Operation” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 93, “New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 94, “Multiple RRH Logical Cell” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 95, “ GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same GSM B12.2Ed4
Cell ”
Chapter 96, “ LCS Support GPS ” B12.2Ed4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Version
Chapter 97, “ Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU ” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 98, “ Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX ” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 99, “Cell Enlarged Frequency Span” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 100, “ IP BSS Transmission Alarm ” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 101, “ 9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection ” B12.2Ed4
Chapter 102, “Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS ” B12.2Ed4
Notes:
1. (*) This feature does not impact Customer Documentation.
2. (**) The feature description can be found in MUSE Customer Documentation.
3. (***) This feature's purpose is the creation of this document.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
2 IP Transport in the BSS
2
IP Transport in the BSS Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of IP transport in the BSS.
Contents
IP Transport in the BSS Overview 2-1

Description 2-2
Hardware Coverage 2-4
Feature activation 2-5
Parameters 2-5
Counters and Indicators 2-13
LMT/OMC HMI Updates 2-16
Applicable Documents 2-16
IP Transport in the BSS Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP Transport in the BSS Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
IP Transport in the BSS is introduced to support a greater diversity of network
environment.
The BSC, TC and the MFS, which are part of the BSS network, are connected to this IP
transport network in the BSS through Ethernet links. The remaining network element, the
BTS, can be connected to the BSS network through Ethernet or E1 links.
Depending on the connection type of the BTS, the BSS can have the following states:
• Mixed mode BSS:
The BSS network contains both TDM BTSes and IP over Ethernet (IPoEth) BTSes.
• Full IP over Ethernet BSS:
The BSS network contains only IP over Ethernet (IPoEth) BTSes
The following figures shows the generic configuration.
Figure 2-1 Mixed mode BSS
By using the mixed mode BSS, there is no need of switching at the same time all the
BTSes to an IP mode, allowing a smooth introduction of the IP transport in the BSS.
This mixed mode allows the BSS to handle at the same time TDM BTSes and IP BTSes,
so the process of switching the BTSes to an IP mode can be performed step by step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-2 Full IP over Ethernet BSS mode
In Full IP over Eternet BSS there are only IP over Ethernet (IPoEth) BTSes (BTS are
equipped with SUM-X boards). In this mode, the BTS telecom flow is no more
transmitted to the TC or MFS through the BSC, instead the transmission is made directly
through the BSS IP network backbone.
In the Full IP over Ethernet BSS mode the IP flows can be separated as follows:
Table 2-1 The 9130 BSC Evolution flow and switch ports
VLAN_ IP Addr. 9130 BSC Evolution switch ports

CONF _ Used
INDEX
3 7 1 6 4
9130 BSC Evolution flows separation
0 12 O&M + - Aflex-TDM - -
Telecom O&M
possibility
1 14 O&M Telecom Aflex-TDM - -
O&M
possibility
2 17 O&M AoIP - BSSoIP / -
(AsigoIP Lb / Iur-g
and
AUPoIP)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-1 The 9130 BSC Evolution flow and switch ports (continued)
VLAN_ IP Addr. 9130 BSC Evolution switch ports

CONF _ Used
INDEX
3 19 O&M AsigoIP AUPoIP BSSoIP / -
Lb / Iur-g
4 21 O&M AsigoIP AUPoIP BSSoIP Lb /
Iur-g
Table 2-2 MFS Flow and Switch Ports
VLAN_CONF
_INDEX (MFS)
3 7 6 5
MFS flows separation
0 O&M + Telecom - - -
1 O&M Telecom - -
2 O&M GboIP BSSoIP -
3 O&M GboIP IPGSL IPGCH
For more information about the IP flow separation, refer to BSS Telecom Routing
Configuration.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with:
• 9130 BSC Evolution
• 9130 MFS Evolution
• 9125 TC equipped with new TCIF board
• BTS 9100 (MBI3/MBI5, Outdoor) equipped with SUMX and TWIN TRE boards.
Starting with B12.2ed3 the feature is supported with MC TRX board.
• Starting with B12.2ed3: distributed BTS equipped with SUMX19, MC-RRH
900/1800 boards
• Starting with B12.2ed3: lightRadio 9711/9712 Cabinet equipped with SUMX19,
MC-RRH 900/1800, MC-TRDU 900/1800 boards.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP Transport in the BSS Feature activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature activation
Overview
For specific information about the feature activation, refer to: Alcatel-Lucent Base Station
Subsystem - Change BSS Transport Mode
Parameters
Overview
This section contains the new and/or modified parameters involved in the feature
deployment.
Name New/Modified
BSC Name
Atermux Number
TC Internal Mode
TC Rack Name
TCSL ID
BscNodeId
TcslIpAddressBsc (BSC)
TcslIpAddressTc (BSC)
TcslPortBsc (BSC)
TcslPortTc (BSC)
TcslIpAddressBsc (TC)
TcslIpAddressTc (TC)
TcslPortBsc (TC)
TcslPortTc (TC)
OML_PRIORITY
TCSL_MSS
TCSL_PRIORITY
GPRS_ACCESS_INTVL
GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_CNT
GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_DELAY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP Transport in the BSS Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_
PERIOD
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (BSC)
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (BSC)
ROUTING_TABLE (BSC)
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (TC)
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (TC)
ROUTING_TABLE (TC)
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (MFS)
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (MFS)
ROUTING_TABLE (MFS)
T_TCSL_ACK (TC) New
T_TCSL_ACK (BSC) New
N_TCSL_RETRY (TC) New
N_TCSL_RETRY (BSC) New
TCP_MSL (BTS)
TCP_MSL (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP
TCP_MSL (MFS)
TCP_MSL (TC)
IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS New
IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS New
IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS New
IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS New
IPGCHU_Base_UDP_MFS New
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TEL_GB New
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TEL_BSS New
REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_O&M New
REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_TEL_GB New
REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_TEL_BSS New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC)
BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS)
GslIpAddressBsc (BSC)
GslIpAddressMfs (BSC)
GslTcpPortBsc (BSC)
GslTcpPortMfs (BSC)
GslIpAddressBsc (MFS)
GslIpAddressMfs (MFS)
GslTcpPortBsc (MFS)
GslTcpPortMfs (MFS)
tcMuxIpAddress
tcMuxPort
tcNONMUXIpAddress
tcNONMUXPortUL
MIN_PDCH (MX BSC)
MAX_PDCH (MX BSC)
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MX BSC)
T_TC_IPTCHM_REPORTING _PERIOD
UL_TA_Late_Margin
TCP_MAX_RETRANS (BSC)
TCP_MAX_RETRANS (MFS)
TCP_MAX_RETRANS (BTS)
TCP_MAX_RETRANS (TC)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (TC)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (TC)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS)
TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (TC)
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_TC New
TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC New
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX New
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX New
MUXTRAUP_SIZE
A MUXTRAUP
TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP New
E1_MTU New
IPGSL_PRIORITY (BSC)
IPGSL_PRIORITY (MFS)
IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS)
IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS)
IPGCHU-GBR_PRIORITY (MFS)
IPGCHU-GBR_PRIORITY (BTS)
IPGCHU-BE_PRIORITY (MFS)
IPGCHU-BE_PRIORITY (BTS)
OandM_PRIORITY (BSC)
OandM_PRIORITY (MFS)
P0_MAPPING_LAYER2_BSC
P0_MAPPING_LAYER2_MFS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
T_IPGCH_ACK_DL
T_IPGCH_ACK_UL
T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT
IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD
IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G3
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G4_G5
IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_GPU
AbisTransportMode
AbisTargetTransportMode
BTSIPIdentifier
BTS-Hostname
NTPServerIPAd1
NTPserverIPAd2
SUM-Capability
BSC-OML-IP-Address
BTS-First-NTP-Server-Address
BTS-Second-NTP-Server-Address
BTS-TransMode
FTPServerAd New
BSC_OML_TID New
BSC_OML_PortNumber New
BTS_OML_PortNumber New
BTS_OML_TID New
DHCP-location New
Abis-Topology Modified
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
OCXO-Synch-Mode Modified
Usable-TSs Modified
Abis link number Modified
ABIS_BTS_GROUP_ID
ABIS_BTS_GROUP_SECONDARY_ID
BTS-Routing-SubGroup New
Second-BTS-Routing-SubGroup New
DHCP_SERVER_IP_ADDRESS New
AbisBtsGroupId
BTSmode(MFS)
Bandwidth(MFS)
Bandwidth(BSC)
BTS_IP_Ad
TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR
NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS
BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS
BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK
NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH
MIN_PDCH (BSC)
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC)
MAX_PDCH (BSC)
BSC_RSL_TID New
RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC New
BSC_RSL_PortNumber New
BTS_RSL_PortNumber New
BTS_RSL_TID New
IP_CONGESTION_JITTER_THRESHOLD New
TP_QUEUE3_WEIGHT New
P0_TPQUEUE_MAPPING New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
IPGCH_PACKET_SIZE
IPGSL_MSS (MFS) New
IPGSL_MSS (BSC) New
E1_MTU New
TCSL_MSS (TC) New
TCSL_MSS (BSC) New
START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC New
TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC New
IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS New
RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX New
SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE New
FTP_PRIORITY (BSC)
FTP_PRIORITY (BTS)
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC)
RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS)
RSL_UI_PRIORITY
SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC)
SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS)
SNMP_PRIORITY (TC)
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC)
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS)
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS)
VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC)
ABIS_BANDWIDTH
IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL
IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE
IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL
IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL
IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL
IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL
IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_THROUGHPUT_DL
IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL
Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0.7
RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRES
RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHANGE_THRES
RLC_TARGET_BUFFER
IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES
IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES
IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD
IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD
IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD
IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD
IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS
IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_THRESHOLD
IP_CONGESTION_TIMER
T_IP_COUNTER_REPORT
BSCNodeId_TCSL
TCSL_IpAddress_BSCside(BSC)
TCSL_IpAddress_BSCside(TC)
TCSL_IpAddress_TCside(BSC)
TCSL_IpAddress_TCside(TC)
Tcsl-port-BSCside(BSC)
Tcsl-port-BSCside(TC)
Tcsl-port-TCside(BSC)
Tcsl-port-TCside(TC)
TCSL_MSS (BSC)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
TCLS_MSS (TC)
TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER
TCSL_ID
N_TCSL_RETRY(BSC)
N_TCSL_RETRY(TC)
T_TCSL_ACK(BSC)
T_TCSL_ACK(TC)
Counters and Indicators

Overview
This section contains the new and/or modified counters involved in the feature
deployment.
Counter Counter Name

ID
IP21 NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_REQ
IP22 NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_FAIL_CONG
IP23 TIME_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_CONG
IP24a NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES
IP24b NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_PACKETS
IP24c MAX_NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES
IP24m MAX_NB_BSC_RCVD_GSL_IP_BYTES
IP25a NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES
IP25b NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_PACKETS
IP25c NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN
IP26a NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_BYTES
IP26b NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_BYTES
IP26c NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_PACKETS
IP26d NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_PACKETS
IP26e NB_BTS_RESENT_RSL-I_LAPD FRAMES
IP27a NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP Transport in the BSS Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ID
IP27b NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES
IP27c NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS
IP27d NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS
IP27e NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS
IP27h NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN
IP27g NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN
IP28a NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES
IP28b NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES
IP28c NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS
IP28d NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS
IP28f NB_TC_RESENT_SS7_SCTP_SEGMENTS
IP28h NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN
IP28g NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN
IP29a NB_BTS_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES
IP29c NB_BTS_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS
IP29k NB_BTS_RCVD_IPTCH_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY
IP29l NB_BTS_NOT_RCVD_DL_IPTCH_PACKETS
IP30a NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES
IP30c NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS
IP30g NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN
IP30m NB_TC_NOT_RCVD_UL_IPTCH_PACKETS
IP31a NB_BTS_SENT_ALL_FLOW_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN
IP31c NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0
IP31d NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1
IP31e NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2
IP31f NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3
IP32a NB_BSC_SENT_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES
IP32b NB_BSC_RCVD_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES
IP32c NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0
IP32d NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1
IP32e NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP Transport in the BSS Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ID
IP32f NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3
IP33a NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS
IP33c NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES
IP33f NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN
IP40a NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS
IP40b NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS
IP40d NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES
IP41a NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS
IP41b NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS
IP41d NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES
IP42a NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS
IP42d NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES
P540a NB_RCVD_RT_PFC_REQUEST
P540b NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_BW
P540c NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_RADIO
P540d MAX_DL_GBR_BW_GRANTED
P540e MAX_UL_GBR_BW_GRANTED
P541a NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS
P541b NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS
P541d NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES
P542a NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS
P542b NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS
P542d NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES
P543a NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS
P543d NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES
P547a NB_MFS_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES
P547c NB_MFS_SENT_GSL_TCP_SEGMENTS
P549a CUMULATED_TIME_PS_DL_BE_CONGESTED
TEMP_TRX
There are no new or modified indicators.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP Transport in the BSS LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the BTS LMT updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base
Station - BTS NEM User Guide, sections:
• BTS NEM Connection
• How to Use IP Menu
• Modify IP/Abis Parameters
• VLAN ID.
For specific information about the 9130 BSC LMT updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent
9130 BSC Evolution - Terminal User Guide, section Display / Modify IP Parameters.
For specific information about the 9130 MFS LMT updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent
9130 MFS Evolution - IMT User Guide, section MFS Window Attributes.
For specific information about the 9125 TC LMT updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent
9125 Compact Transcoder - NEM User Guide, sections:
• Settings for MMI/IP Connection
• Configure TC-NEM PC Ethernet Network Interface.
OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI updates.
Applicable Documents
Overview
The documents impacted by this feature are:
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Online Help
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Maintenance Handbook
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 / 9110 Base Station / Micro Base Station - 9100 BTS/9110
Micro BTS Functional Description
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Hardware Description
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - BTS Alarm Dictionary
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - OAM - Operations & Maintenance Principles
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and
Graphical Evolutions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP Transport in the BSS Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Configuration Handbook
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Methods Handbook
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - BTS NEM User Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - NEM User Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration
Recommendations
• 9100 MBS Outdoor Installation Manual
• 9100 MBS Indoor Installation Manual
• CI 08 – Site Equipment Inventory
• BSS Telecom Routing Configurations
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Configuration Rules
• Engineering Rules for LMT
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - IMT User Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Alarm Dictionary
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Functional Description
• Alcatel-Lucent 9125 Compact Transcoder - Hardware and Functional Description
• Change to IP Mode for 9130 BSC Evolution
• Move full IP BTS different BSS, same/different OMC
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same 9153 OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Move BTS/Abis in Same BSC
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Move Several Abis Links from a BSC to Another, Same
OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Move BSS from One 9125 TC to Another
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Add TRE to Equipped 9100 BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Delete TRE from Equipped 9100 BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Reconfigure TRE/Sectors
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution
Modules
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Merge Cells into Multiband/Monoband Cells on
9100 BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Add BTS, New Cell(s)
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Delete BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Extend Existing Cell(s) to Shared Cell(s) by
Adding a 9100 BTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Reduce Cell(s) Shared by Deleting the 9100 BTS
Supporting the Secondary Sector
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Create Extended Cells
• Alcatel-Lucent 9110-E Micro Base Station - Reconfigure TRE/Sectors
• Alcatel-Lucent 9110 Micro Base Station - Extend/Replace a 9110 Micro-BTS with a
9110-E Micro BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Replace BTS with Y BTS, Free Abis Port
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Replace BTS with Y BTS, Same Abis Port
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Replace Non Alcatel-Lucent BTS with Alcatel-Lucent
BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Attach Secondary Abis
• Which Scenario to Use
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Extension Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Reduction Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent Compact Transcoder / G2 Transcoder - Extend Ater Mux Interface
• Alcatel-Lucent Compact Transcoder / G2 Transcoder - Reduce Ater Mux Interface
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Move 9130 BSC Evolution without MFS,
Different MSC, Same OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Same MFS,
Different MSC,Same OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS,
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Move 9130 MFS Evolution with Associated
BSS, Different OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Move 9130 BSC Evolution Without MFS,
Same MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R
Same MSC, Different OMC-R
Different MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R
Same MSC, Same OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Configure GPRS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Move Direct CS Link into Dedicated GPRS
Link
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Move Dedicated GPRS Link into Direct CS
Link
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Add Logically a BSS to an MFS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Add a BSS by Moving Existing Links Through
an MFS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Delete GPRS from Active BSS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Add GP in 9130 MFS Evolution for Multi GP
BSS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Delete GP from 9130 MFS Evolution for a
Multi GP BSS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Add a New BSS on OMC-R
• B12/B12 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
3 S3upport of 1400 TRX / 7
CCP (6300 Erlangs)
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs).
Contents
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Overview 3-1

Description 3-2
Feature Activation 3-4
Parameters 3-4
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) feature allows the increase of the
MxBSC capacity by adding two more CCP boards on ATCA shelf without changing the
capacity of the boards compared to the B11 values (200 TRX/CCP). The additional 2
CCP boards are inserted in the 2 free slots in the Mx BSC ATCA Shelf.
Inserting these new boards allows adding two new BSC configurations: configuration 6 to
support 1200 TRX and configuration 7 to support 1400 TRX.
The extension to 1400 TRX is possible if BSS is in pure TDM (with TPv3 or TP3I4
boards) or IP mode. If BSS is in:
• pure TDM mode with TPv3, then the maximum supported capacity is 4500 erlangs
• pure TDM mode with TP3I4 (TP-STM1-IP), then the maximum capacity depends on
the number of Atermux configured as CS
• IP and A signaling or A User Plane in TDM or IP are activated, then the supported
capacity is 6300 erlangs with limitations.
Abis/Ater flexibility
This additional option is commercially linked and included in the Support of 1400 TRX /
7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) feature.
It allows flexible assignment of E1 links between Abis and Ater. New maximum number
of E1 ABIS will be 250, except in case of STM1 Clock synchronization when the new
maximum number will be 252. LIU board supports both E1 ATER and E1 ABIS. Before
changing E1 links from Abis to Ater or reverse, the operator must take care to have no
ongoing traffic on the Abis and Atermux impacted.
In case of BSC IP mode and only Ethernet BTS there is no E1 use and the maximum
number of E1 Abis is not relevant.
It is supported from MxBSC configuration 6 and 7 and it requires the following features
activated:
• Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs)
• A signaling over IP
• Full AUPoIP. This means that Full AUPoIP mode is activated and the TC is no longer
used so no more Ater CS are needed.
In IP BSS transport mode, with full AUPoIP mode, this feature will support IPoE1 Abis
mode.
It is allowed with STM1 on MxBSC. The same type of file as the STM1 configuration
file will be used to configure Abis/Ater flexibility. For flexible LIU port number the
purpose is to affect each LIU port number as ABIS or ATER in configuring the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
corresponding Abis/Ater_HWAY_TP as connected to LIU-E1 or, in the specific context of
STM1, as connected to STM1 VC12 E1. The Transmission Termination points
configuration file shall contain the configuration of all equipped
ABIS_HWAY_TP/ATER_HWAY_TP.
If this option is activated, then:
• Mx BSC reduction is possible only from configuration 7 to 6 and the extension is only
possible from configuration 6 to 7. Reduction to an inferior configuration will result
in an error. Before BSC reduction, the operator should check the number of cells (see
cell limitation) to be in accordance with the requested BSC configuration type (No
check done in BSC)
• Disabling the AUPoIP architecture is not allowed
• IPoE1 feature is supported
• BSS transport mode change on BSC is allowed from TDM to IP and reverse.
• Change E1 transport mode from IPoE1 to TDM or reverse is allowed.
Removal of cell limitation
The maximum number of (own) cells will be 700 for BSC configuration 6 and BSC
configuration 7. The maximum number of (own) cells for BSC configuration 1, 2, 3, 4
and 5 are the same as in B11.
Removal of extra time slots limitation
Increased from 2000 to proposed maximum of 4000 extra timeslots in BSC.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with 9130 BSC Evolution equipped with TP3, TP3i4, TP4
or TP4i .
For the Abis/Ater flexibility option, the 9130 BSC Evolution must carry TP3i4 or TP4i
supporting Full AUPoIP and Mixed AUPoIP.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional.
For specific information about the feature activation, refer to: Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC
Evolution - Extension Manual.
The Abis/Ater flexibility option is included in this feature. For configuration, it is used the
same configuration mechanism as in STM1 context. Refer to BSS Configuration Rules
and Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Extension Manual.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
BSC-HW-Config Modified
First-ABIS-HWAY-TP-NUMBER Modified
Second-ABIS-HWAY-TP-NUMBER Modified
BTS_ID (MFS) Modified
BTS_ID (N) Modified
BTS_ID_SECONDARY Modified
BTS_Id (BSC) Modified
ABIS_BTS_GROUP_ID Modified
ABIS_BTS_GROUP_SECONDARY_ID Modified
ABIS-Link-Number Modified
Primary-Abis-Link-number Modified
SPC-from-Abis-link-number Modified
SPC-to-Abis-link-number Modified
MAX_CELLS_MXBSC Modified
Number-of-Abis-Ports New
MAX_CELLS_MXMFS New
Nbr-Of-BTSs New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
There are no new or modified counters and indicators.
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
There are no LMT updates.
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Telecom Routing Configuration
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Hardware Description
• Alcatel-Lucent Compact Transcoder / G2 Transcoder - Extend Ater Mux Interface
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Additional Tests
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Acceptance Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Commissioning Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Extension Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Reduction Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Terminal User Guide
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
4 4AMOS (Voice services
V
over Adaptive Multi-rate
channels on One Slot)
VAMOS Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of VAMOS.
Contents
VAMOS Overview 4-1

Description 4-2
Parameters 4-3
VAMOS Overview
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on Description
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on One Slot) allows
multiplexing of two users simultaneously on the same physical resource in the circuit
switched mode both in downlink and in uplink, using the same timeslot number, ARFCN
and TDMA frame number. Hence, a basic physical channel capable of VAMOS supports
up to 4 TCH channels along with their associated control channels (FACCH and
SACCH).
In DL the BTS transmits simultaneously to 2 MSs on the same timeslot and frequency
using two different training sequences (one for each MS) and with Adaptive-QPSK
modulation (variant of QPSK allowing flexible power control for the two users), which
allows to double the throughput compared to legacy GMSK.
One AQPSK symbol corresponds to a pair of bits where each bit belongs to a different
sub-channel.
Figure 4-1 AQPSK constellation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on Hardware Coverage
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9100 BTSs equipped with SUMA or SUMX and G5 TREs (TWIN). Starting with
B12.2 Ed1.5 it is also available with G6 TREs (MC-TRE and MC_RRH) with the
restriction that only 4 of the 6 possible TRX mapped on a MC-TRE are able to
support VAMOS.
• 9125 Transcoder.
Also, this feature implies dependencies outside the BSS:
• MS
• MSC in Rel.9 3GPP
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is optional.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section VAMOS.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_VAMOS New
EN_VAMOS_ON_BCCH New
EN_PAIRING_NON_SAIC_VAMOS1 New
EN_PAIRING_NON_SAIC_VAMOS2 New
EN_PAIRING_SAIC_SAIC New
EN_PAIRING_SAIC_VAMOS1 New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on Parameters
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
EN_PAIRING_SAIC_VAMOS2 New
EN_PAIRING_VAMOS1_VAMOS1 New
EN_VAMOS_NASS New
EN_VAMOS_NON_AMR New
EN_SAIC_SCPIR_MODIF New
TSC_1_2 New
THR_FR_LOAD_L_VAMOS_FR New
THR_FR_LOAD_U_VAMOS_FR New
THR_FR_LOAD_L_VAMOS_HR New
THR_FR_LOAD_U_VAMOS_HR New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_ALLOC_NON_SAIC New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_ALLOC_SAIC New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_ALLOC_VAMOS1 New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_ALLOC_VAMOS2 New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_PC_NON_SAIC New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_PC_SAIC New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_PC_VAMOS1 New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_PC_VAMOS2 New
L_RXLEV_DL_P_VAMOS New
U_RXLEV_DL_P_VAMOS New
L_RXLEV_UL_P_VAMOS New
U_RXLEV_UL_P_VAMOS New
L_RXQUAL_DL_P_VAMOS New
L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH_VAMOS New
MAX_POW_INC_VAMOS New
MAX_POW_RED_VAMOS New
POW_INC_FACTOR_VAMOS New
POW_INC_STEP_SIZE_VAMOS New
POW_RED_FACTOR_VAMOS New
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE_VAMOS New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
SCPIR_MODIF_STEP_SIZE New
A_LEV_PC_VAMOS New
W_LEV_PC_VAMOS New
A_QUAL_PC_VAMOS New
W_QUAL_PC_VAMOS New
A_LEV_VAMOS_PAIRING New
A_LEV_VAMOS_UNPAIRING New
A_QUAL_VAMOS_PAIRING New
A_QUAL_VAMOS_UNPAIRING New
RXLEV_DL_MIN_VAMOS_PAIRING New
RXQUAL_DL_MAX_VAMOS_PAIRING New
DELTA_SCPIR_VAMOS_PAIRING New
RXLEV_DL_MAX_VAMOS_UNPAIRING New
RXQUAL_DL_MIN_VAMOS_UNPAIRING New
MIN_TIME_BTW_VAMOS_PAIRING New
W_LEV_VAMOS_PAIRING New
W_QUAL_VAMOS_PAIRING New
W_LEV_VAMOS_UNPAIRING New
W_QUAL_ VAMOS_UNPAIRING New
SCPIR_MODIF_VAMOS_CCCH New
EN_TEST_FOR_NON_SAIC New
EN_VAMOS_PAIRING_CA New
EN_VAMOS_UNPAIRING_CA New
UL_VAMOS_PC_CORRECTION_FACTOR New
SCPIR_NON_SAIC_VAMOS1_THR_1 New
SCPIR_SAIC_VAMOS1_THR_1 New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
SCPIR_VAMOS1_VAMOS1_THR_1 New
SCPIR_SAIC_SAIC_THR1 New
Nb_TRX_VAMOS New
VAMOS_Capability New
Nb-of-DR-TRE-VAMOS New
PAIRING_PRIORITIES_NON_SAIC New
PAIRING_PRIORITIES_SAIC New
PAIRING_PRIORITIES_VAMOS1 New
PAIRING_PRIORITIES_VAMOS2 New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on Counters and Indicators
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
deployment.
Counter ID Counter Name

MC1401a NB_TCH_REQ_NON_SAIC
MC1401b NB_TCH_REQ_SAIC
MC1401c NB_TCH_REQ_VAMOS1
MC1401d NB_TCH_REQ_VAMOS2
MC1402a NB_TCH_PAIR_ATPT_NON_SAIC
MC1402b NB_TCH_PAIR_ATPT_SAIC
MC1402c NB_TCH_PAIR_ATPT_VAMOS1
MC1402d NB_TCH_PAIR_ATPT_VAMOS2
MC1403a NB_TCH_PAIR_SUCC _NON_SAIC
MC1403b NB_TCH_PAIR_SUCC_SAIC
MC1403c NB_TCH_PAIR_SUCC_VAMOS1
MC1403d NB_TCH_PAIR_SUCC_VAMOS2
MC1404a NB_TCH_PAIR_HO_ATPT_NON_SAIC
MC1404b NB_TCH_PAIR_HO_ATPT__SAIC
MC1404c NB_TCH_PAIR_HO_ATPT__VAMOS1
MC1404d NB_TCH_PAIR_HO_ATPT_VAMOS2
MC1405a NB_TCH_PAIR_HO_SUCC_NON_SAIC
MC1405b NB_TCH_PAIR_HO_SUCC_SAIC
MC1405c NB_TCH_PAIR_HO_SUCC_VAMOS1
MC1405d NB_TCH_PAIR_HO_SUCC_VAMOS2
MC1406a NB_TCH_EST_PAIR_DROP_NON_SAIC
MC1406b NB_TCH_EST_PAIR_DROP_SAIC
MC1406c NB_TCH_EST_PAIR_DROP_VAMOS1
MC1406d NB_TCH_EST_PAIR_DROP_VAMOS2
MC1407a NB_TCH_EST_UNPAIR_DROP_NON_SAIC
MC1407b NB_TCH_EST_UNPAIR_DROP_SAIC
MC1407c NB_TCH_EST_UNPAIR_DROP_VAMOS1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

MC1407d NB_TCH_EST_UNPAIR_DROP_VAMOS2
MC1408a NB_PAIR_PER_MS_NON_SAIC
MC1408b NB_PAIR_PER_MS_SAIC
MC1408c NB_PAIR_PER_MS_VAMOS1
MC1408d NB_PAIR_PER_MS_VAMOS2
MC1409a NB_UNPAIR_PER_MS_NON_SAIC
MC1409b NB_UNPAIR_PER_MS_SAIC
MC1409c NB_UNPAIR_PER_MS_VAMOS1
MC1409d NB_UNPAIR_PER_MS_VAMOS2
MC1410a NB_ONE_CALL_PER_RADIO_TS_NON_VAMOS
MC1410b NB_TWO_CALL_PER_RADIO_TS_NON_VAMOS
MC1410c NB_TWO_CALL_PER_RADIO_TS_VAMOS
MC1410d NB_THREE_CALL_PER_RADIO_TS_VAMOS
MC1410e NB_FOUR_CALL_PER_RADIO_TS_VAMOS
MC1411a DISTRIB_1_SCPIR_NON_SAIC_VAMOS1
MC1411b DISTRIB_2_SCPIR_NON_SAIC_VAMOS1
MC1411c DISTRIB_3_SCPIR_NON_SAIC_VAMOS1
MC1411d DISTRIB_4_SCPIR_NON_SAIC_VAMOS1
MC1412a/b/c/d DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_NON_SAIC_VAMOS2
MC1413a/b/c/d DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_SAIC_VAMOS1
MC1414a/b/c/d DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_SAIC_VAMOS2
MC1415a/b/c/d DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_VAMOS1_VAMOS1
MC1416a/b/c/d DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_ VAMOS1_VAMOS2
MC1417a/b/c/d DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_ VAMOS2_VAMOS1
MC1418a/b/c/d DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_VAMOS2_VAMOS2
MC1419a/b/c/d DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_SAIC_SAIC
MC1420a NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_35_pairing_NON_SAIC
MC1420b NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_35_pairing_SAIC
MC1420c NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_35_pairing_VAMOS1
MC1420d NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_35_pairing_VAMOS2
MC1421a NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_34_unpairing_NON_SAIC
MC1421b NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_34_unpairing_SAIC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

MC1421c NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_34_unpairing_VAMOS1
MC1421d NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_34_unpairing_VAMOS2
MC1422a AV_RXQUAL_DL_VAMOS_NON_SAIC
MC1422b AV_RXQUAL_DL_VAMOS_SAIC
MC1422c AV_RXQUAL_DL_VAMOS_VAMOS1
MC1422d AV_RXQUAL_DL_VAMOS_VAMOS2
MC1423a AV_RXQUAL_UL_VAMOS_NON_SAIC
MC1423b AV_RXQUAL_UL_VAMOS_SAIC
MC1423c AV_RXQUAL_UL_VAMOS_VAMOS1
MC1423d AV_RXQUAL_UL_VAMOS_VAMOS2
MC1424a RESERVE_SAIC
Starting with B12.2Ed4: NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_35_PREP_FAIL_NO_
PAIRING
MC1424b RESERVED_NON_SAIC
MC1424c RESERVED_VAMOS1
MC1424d RESERVED_VAMOS2
Starting with B12.2Ed4: NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_35_REQ
MC1425 DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_NON_SAIC_NON_SAIC
a/b/c/d
MC1426 DISTRIB_x_SCPIR_NON_SAIC_SAIC
a/b/c/d
MC1427 NB_MS_NON_SAIC_VAMOS_CAPABLE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on LMT/OMC HMI Updates
One Slot)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 9153
Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical Evolutions, sections:
• BSSUSM: Modify BTS Characteristics, Basic
• BSSUSM: Modify BTS Characteristics, Add Info
• BSSUSM: USD, Cell Overview, Cell Report
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, Cell Description
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, HO & PC Thresholds, VAMOS
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, HO Parameters, General HO Ctrl
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, PC Parameters, VAMOS
• RNUSM: Network Information
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Online Help.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
5 5rovide E1 Clock Out from
P
BTS for NodeB
Synchronization
Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization

Introduction
Purpose
This section describes how to provide the E1 clock out from the BTS for NodeB
synchronization.
Contents
Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization Overview 5-2
Description 5-2
Parameters 5-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization

Overview
Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.1. The enhancement due to up 4 E1
per SUM is available starting with B12.2ed2.
Description
Overview
The NodeB does not have an accurate autonomous clock system, especially in IP mode,
where the it uses PDP (Packet Data Protocol) and IEEE 1588v2 to obtain the required
frequency accuracy. That is why, in the case of collocated BTSs and IP NodeBs, the BTS
will provide a G704 E1 signal synchronized from the local oscillator on the secondary
Abis port (and/or third, fourth Abis port in case of up to 4 E1 per SUM feature) that will
be connected to the NodeB.
Figure 5-1 The NodeB synchronization principle
The NodeB will be in charge of supervising the new synchronization line.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported with all types of 9100 BTSs, both IP and TDM modes, that have
the second Abis unused.
Feature Activation
Overview
There is no specific activation scenario.
Parameters
Overview
There are no new or modified parameters.

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for NodeB Synchronization Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - IO 148 - Provide E1 Clock Out from BTS for
NodeB Synchronization.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
6 6thernet BTS: Support of
E
Optical Transmission on
Abis
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Ethernet BTS and how to support optical
transmission on the Abis.
Contents
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Overview 6-2

Description 6-2
Parameters 6-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
This feature enables the optical Abis connectivity for IPoEth BTS on both macro
(SUMX) and distributed configurations (SUMX 19"). This is done through the GSM New
Class (GNC) daughter board, on the SUMX. The GNC daughter board is already
available on SUMX 19" for MC-RRH configurations, where it provides optical links
between the PSU and the RRHs. In macro configuration, the GNC will be installed onsite.
The electrical/optical conversion is performed by a device called SFP ("Small
Form-factor Pluggable transceiver"). This device can be hot plugged in the GNC daughter
board and the BTS NEM allows the operator to select the Abis interface type: Ethernet
electrical or Ethernet optical.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 6-1 SFP hot-plugging procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported with all types of 9100 BTSs and Distributed BTSs, in IP mode,
equipped with a SUMX board.
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base Station
- BTS NEM User Guide, section Modify IP/Abis Parameters
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Commissioning Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 / 9110 Distributed Base Station, Base Station, Micro Base
Station - Distributed BTS/9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective MaintenanceHand-
book
• Alcatel-Lucent Distributed Base Station - Commissioning Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent Distributed Base Station - Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Multi-Standard Base Station Indoor - Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Multi-Standard Base Station Evolution Outdoor - 9100 MBS
Evolution Outdoor Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9112 Compact Base Station Indoor/Outdoor - 9100 Compact BTS
Indoor/Outdoor Evolution Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9112 Compact Base Station Outdoor - Installation Manual
Modules.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
7 Support of Boosted GP
7
Support of Boosted GP Overview

Purpose
This section provides an overview of support for boosted GP overview.
Contents
Support of Boosted GP Overview 7-1

Description 7-2
Parameters 7-2
Support of Boosted GP Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of Boosted GP Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature aims to fulfill the need for increased EGPRS traffic. In order to limit the
number of additional GP boards / MFS shelf, a significant increase of the GP board
capacity is required. Therefore, the Boosted GP boards have an incresed capacity by the
maximum possible factor (at least by a factor of 4). Since the spare boards needs to be
able to replace a Boosted GP, it is necessary that the spare board is always a Boosted GP.
Therefore, the MFSs that have Boosted GPs will have fixed spare boards.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with 9130 MFS Evolution.
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is activated by adding JBXGP3 boards to an MFS. The BSCs associated to
the MFS must be in the B12 release. For specific information regarding the feature
activation, please refer to Insert JBXGPU/JBXGP2/JBXGP3 from the Alcatel-Lucent
9130 MFS Evolution - Maintenance Handbook.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
CHANNEL_REQ_THRES_GP2 New
MAX_CTXT_MS_GP2 New
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP2 New
MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP2 New
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP2 New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of Boosted GP Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP2 New
MAX_TBF_DSP_GP2 New
CAPACITY_FACTOR_GP3 New
CAPACITY_FACTOR_GP3_IP New
CHANNEL_REQ_THRES_GP3 New
MAX_CTXT_MS_GP3 New
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP3 New
MAX_PDCH_PTU_GP3 New
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP3 New
MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_GP3 New
RRM_TASKS_GP3 New
MAX_TBF_PTU_GP3 New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT updates, please refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 9130
MFS Evolution - IMT User Guide, sections:
• Menu Bar (GPRS Terminal Menus/Options Availability)
• Context Menus
• Switch to Fix Spare Management
• Switch to Floating Spare Management
• Firmware Upgrade
• MFS Subrack View Window
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of Boosted GP Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Maintenance Handbook
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Hardware Description
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Alarm Dictionary
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Functional Description
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Acceptance Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Merge two 9130 MFS Evolution
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Change Configuration
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Shelf Extension/Reduction
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Additional Tests.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
8 LTE to GSM Handover
8
LTE to GSM Handover Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of LTE to GSM handover.
Contents
LTE to GSM Handover Overview 8-1

Description 8-2
Parameters 8-3
LTE to GSM Handover Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2ed3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
LTE to GSM Handover Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The 3GPP has defined the VCC (Voice Call Continuity) which provides the capability to
transfer the path of an existing voice call between a 3GPP CS system (GSM/UMTS) and
IMS (IP multimedia subsystem), and vice versa.
The SRVCC (Single Radio Voice Call Continuity) is the 3GPP way to perform a handover
for voice calls from LTE (PS domain) to GSM (CS domain).
Three scenarios are presented:
• without DTM
• with DTM but without DTM HO support
• with DTM HO support.
DTM is supported in ALU BSS while DTM HO is not. The third scenario is then not
relevant for ALU BSS.
This feature implements a mean for the BSS to reject LTEto GSM handovers, based upon
the target cell load (similar to what has been already implemented for 3G to GSM
handovers); this is the load based filtering procedure.
With the introduction of this feature, the BSC either accepts or rejects a handover from a
LTE network, based on its own traffic load and the handover cause. If the load exceeds
the threshold defined for the LTE network, only emergency handovers are allowed.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with 9130 BSC Evolution.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
LTE to GSM Handover Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
THR_CELL_LOAD_LTE_REJECT New
THR_CELL_LOAD_LTE_REJECT must be smaller than HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD or

equal to 100%.

Overview
deployment.

ID
MC929a NB_INC_EXT_4G_2G_HO_REQ
MC929b NB_INC_EXT_4G_2G_HO_SUCC
MC929c NB_INC_EXT_4G_2G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC
MC929d NB_INC_EXT_4G_2G_HO_ATPT
MC929e NB_INC_EXT_TCH_4G_2G_HO_EMERGENCY_REQ
MC929f NB_INC_EXT_TCH_4G_2G_HO_REQ
MC929g NB_INC_EXT_TCH_4G_2G_HO_PREP_FAIL_4GCONG
MC929h TIME_4G_HOReject_HL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
LTE to GSM Handover LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical Evolutions, section
RNUSM: Edit Cell, LTE.
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9 A User Plane over IP
9
A User Plane over IP Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of A User Plane over IP.
Contents
A User Plane over IP Overview 9-1

Description 9-2
Parameters 9-3
A User Plane over IP Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
A User Plane over IP Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The A User Plane over IP feature is available if the BSS is connected to a NGN
(MSC-Server and MGW) core network. Going from legacy TDM to IP Networks and
implementing the NGN concept means that both User and Control planes are managed
separately through IP.
As far as the A Interface is concerned, the A-Signalling over IP (B11 feature) already
splits User Plane/Control Plane on the A Interface and allows to manage A signalling over
IP and the User Plane being still carried over TDM. The A User Plane over IP (B12
feature) completes the picture and allows to manage the A User Plane over IP.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9130 BSC Evolution equipped with TPv3i, TPv3i4 or TPv4i
• TC G2 only in case of TDM BSS and for mixed A User Plane over IP mode.
Feature Activation
Overview
Evolution - Change A Interface Mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
A User Plane over IP Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_AUPoIP New
EN_INT_HO_INITIATED_BY_MSC New
START_AUP_IP_ADDRESS_BSC New
AUP_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC New
T25 New
Trbss New
NBR_RESET_IP_REP New
AUPoTDM_COD_SUP New
AUPoIP_COD_SUP New
MUXRTP_SIZE New
RTP_IP_Address New
RTP_port_number New
MUXRTP_port_number New
Active_AUP_test_add New
Standby_AUP_test_add New
MUXTRAUP_IP_Add_BSC New
BSS_DL_MUXTRAUP_port New
BSS_UL_MUXTRAUP_port New
REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_AUP New
MUXTRAUP_IP_ADDRESS_BSC New
BSS_DL_MUXTRAUP_UDP_PORT New
BSS_UL_MUXTRAUP_UDP_PORT New
RTP_IP_ADDRESS_BSC New
T_MAX_HOLD_MUXRTP New
RTCP_PERIOD New
RTCP_N_NEGO New
BSC_SSRC New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
A User Plane over IP Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
RTP_UDP_PORT_START New
RTP_UDP_PORT_MASK New
MUXRTP_Port_start_range New
MUXRTP_UDP_PORT_START New
MUXRTP_UDP_PORT_MASK New
T_START_MUXRTP New
MAX_CALL_REF New

Overview
deployment.

AIP10a NB_BSC_SENT_UL_RTP_BYTES
AIP10b NB_BSC_SENT_UL_RTP_PACKETS
AIP10c NB_BSC_SENT_UL_RTP_BYTES_MAX_MN
AIP11 NB_BSC_RCVD_DL_RTP_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY
AIP12 NB_BSC_NOT_RCVD_DL_RTP_PACKETS
AIP20a NB_BSC_SENT_UL_MUXRTP_BYTES
AIP20b NB_BSC_SENT_UL_MUXRTP_PACKETS
AIP20c NB_BSC_SENT_UL_MUXRTP_BYTES_MAX_MN
AIP30a NB_BSC_SENT_UL_RTCP_BYTES
AIP30b NB_BSC_SENT_UL_RTCP_PACKETS
AIP30c NB_BSC_SENT_UL_RTCP_BYTES_MAX_MN
AIP40 NB_BSC_SENT_ALL_FLOW_BYTES_MAX_MN
AIP50 NB_SSRC_COLLISIONS
IP59 NB_BSC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES
IP60 NB_BSC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS
IP61 NB_BSC_SENT_DL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES_MAX_MN
IP61 NB_BSC_NOT_RCVD_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
A User Plane over IP Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

IP35a NB_BSC_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_BYTES
IP35b NB_BSC_SENT_UL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS
IP35c NB_BSC_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY
IP35d NB_BSC_NOT_RCVD_DL_MUXTRAUP_PACKETS
C181m NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqAintNotSupp/Unav
C181n NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqCodecNotSupp/Unav
C181o NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RedLevNotSupp
MC701i NB_TCH_ATDM_REQ
MC701j NB_TCH_AIP_REQ
MC718i NB_TCH_ATDM_REP
MC718j NB_TCH_AIP_REP
MC975a NB_BSS_Int_HO_with_MSC_REQ
MC975c NB_BSS_Int_HO_with_MSC_ALLOC
MC975d NB_BSS_Int_HO_with_MSC_ATPT
MC975b NB_BSS_Int_HO_with_MSC_SUCC
MC490a NB_HO_INTRA_ATPT_33_MSC_trigg_int
MC490b NB_HO_INTER_ATPT_33_MSC_trigg_int
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 9130
BSC Evolution - Terminal User Guide, section Display / Modify IP Parameters.
OMC HMI Updates

• BSSUSM: Parameters
• BSSUSM: USD A Interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
A User Plane over IP Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Change A Interface Mode
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Surveillance Handbook
• Alcatel-Lucent BSC and TC - Alarm Dictionary
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Reconfigure BSC/MSC
Different MSC,Same OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Change IP Extraction Mode
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Modify N7 Transport Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
10 10
Dynamic Power Voltage
Adjustment (DPVA)
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DVPA) Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of DPVA.
Contents
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment Overview 10-1

Description 10-2
Parameters 10-3
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
With the Multi Carrier Modules Alcatel-Lucent introduces a new technique to further
reduce the power consumption.
Normally a power amplifier is designed for the highest output power requested. The
amplifier gets here a certain supply voltage where it is by design most efficient. A
standard amplifier design provides only one supply voltage.
But in most of the cases the amplifier is used in partly or even low load conditions where
the amplifier is visibly less efficient and consumes more power than necessary.
Alcatel-Lucent provides therefore a new innovative technique to enhance the amplifier
efficiency also in low traffic situations.
The power supply for the amplifier is switchable and provides the best supply voltage for
the PA depending on the load conditions in the specific timeslot. From one GSM timeslot
to the next this voltage is adapted and keeps the amplifier always in the best efficiency
range and therefore reduces the power consumption of the amplifier.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• BTS equipped with:
– MC TRX starting with B12.1
– MC RRH starting with B12.2
• 9130 BSC Evolution.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Dynamic Power
Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution.
Parameters
Overview
The EN_POWER_SAVING parameter is reused in the scope of this feature activation.

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
11 11
Dynamic Power Voltage
Adjustment (DPVA) Clean
Solution
DPVA Overview
Purpose
This section provides an overview of DPVA Clean Solution.
Contents
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution Overview 11-1

Description 11-2
Parameters 11-3
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution

Overview
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
With the Multi Carrier Modules Alcatel-Lucent introduces a new technique to further
reduce the power consumption.
Normally a power amplifier is designed for the highest output power requested. The
amplifier gets here a certain supply voltage where it is by design most efficient. A
standard amplifier design provides only one supply voltage.
But in most of the cases the amplifier is used in partly or even low load conditions where
the amplifier is visibly less efficient and consumes more power than necessary.
Alcatel-Lucent provides therefore a new innovative technique to enhance the amplifier
efficiency also in low traffic situations.
The power supply for the amplifier is switchable and provides the best supply voltage for
the PA depending on the load conditions in the specific timeslot. From one GSM timeslot
to the next this voltage is adapted and keeps the amplifier always in the best efficiency
range and therefore reduces the power consumption of the amplifier.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• BTS equipped with:
– MC TRX starting with B12.1
– MC RRH starting with B12.2
• 9130 BSC Evolution.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Dynamic Power
Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_DPVA New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA) Clean Solution Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
12 12
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM
only)
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only) Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only).
Contents
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only) Overview 12-1

Description 12-2
Parameters 12-2
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only) Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.1Ed2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only) Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR multimode module is configured for multistandard in the
same PA with both 2G (at 12W) and 3G (at 30W) carriers.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS equipped with SUMA or SUMX and d2U boards.
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
Other Standard Ratio (Average) 900 MHz [%] New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only) Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
- BTS NEM User Guide.
• Multicarrier Settings
• Change Multicarrier Settings
OMC HMI Updates

• BSSUSM: Modify BTS Remote Settings, Remote Settings, MC Module
Configuration
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Configuration Rules .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRX 2G/3G MSR (TDM only) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Modules .
• Alcatel-Lucent Distributed Base Station - Reconfigure RRH/Sectors on Distributed
BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Distributed Base Station - Technical Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
13 13
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM
only)
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) Introduction

Purpose
Contents
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) Overview 13-2

Description 13-2
Parameters 13-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) Overview

Overview
Note: Note:
• The MC-TRX 1800 2G/4G MSR feature is available starting with B12.1Ed.2
• The MC-TRX 900 2G/4G MSR feature is available starting with B12.2Ed.2.2.
Description
Overview
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS equipped with SUMA or SUMX and d2U boards.
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
- BTS NEM User Guide.
• Multicarrier Settings
• Change Multicarrier Settings
OMC HMI Updates

Configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRX 2G/4G MSR (TDM only) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Configuration Rules .
Modules .
BTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
14 14 G2 Aligned with B12
BSC
Interface
BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of BSC G2 aligned with B12 interface.
Contents
BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface Overview 14-1

Description 14-2
Parameters 14-2
BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.1Ed.2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature enables the G2 BSC to be available in Release B12, with the B11 features
and compatible B12 interfaces.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with 9120 BSC.
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - Software - B11/B12 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Multi-Release Interoperability
• Alcatel-Lucent 9120 Base Station Controller - Move 9120 BSC, Different MFS,
Different MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9120 Base Station Controller - Move 9120 BSC, Different MFS, Same
MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9120 Base Station Controller - Move 9120 BSC, Different MFS, Same
MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9120 Base Station Controller - Move 9120 BSC, Different MFS,
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BSC G2 Aligned with B12 Interface Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
15 NPOe/MPM Outside OMC
15
NPOe/MPM Outside OMC Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of NPOe/MPM Outside OMC.
Contents
NPOe/MPM Outside OMC Overview 15-1

Description 15-2
Parameters 15-2
NPOe/MPM Outside OMC Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
NPOe/MPM Outside OMC Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
In B12 NPOe/MPM is no longer supported on OMC-R. NPO Standalone can be used
instead.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is not network element dependent.
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature 163311 is not optional.
The feature 163316 is optional and managed at BSS level by RRH_TXPWR_ATTENUA-
TION and RRH_RACH_TA_FILTER parameters.
Parameters
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
NPOe/MPM Outside OMC Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Network
Administration Handbook
• “9153 OMC-R Methods Handbook”
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Getting Started
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - OAM - Legato Installation and User Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Quality of Service
Alerters User Guide
• “Cabling Description for SUN Servers”
• “9153 OMC-R Installation”
• “Technical Status Information (TSI)”
• “Site Preparation Sheet”
• “B11/B12 9153 OMC-R Software Migration”
• “B12/B12 9153 OMC-R Software Replacement”
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
NPOe/MPM Outside OMC Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Modify Logical Parameter Using MLU
OMC-R
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
16 16
Navigation to NPO for PM
display at OMC
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Navigation to Navigation to NPO for PM display at
OMC.
Contents
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Overview 16-2

Description 16-2
Parameters 16-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC is a stand alone feature that allow direct
navigation from OMC-R to NPO counters and indicators.
In B12 it is possible to navigate from the OMC-R to NPO to:
• Display Counters
• Display indicators
• Display Type 110 counters.
The navigation is possible from: RNUSM, BSSUSM and MFSUSM.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
To activate this feature, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center
Radio - Network Administration Handbook, Declare NPO to OMC-R for Navigation
section.
For more details about how to use this feature, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation &
Maintenance Center Radio - Getting Started, Navigation to NPO for PM Display at OMC
section.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - Software - B11/B12 9153 OMC-R Software Migration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Navigation to NPO for PM display at OMC Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
17 17
Bidirectional Forwarding
Detection (BFD) Protocol
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection Protocol Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Bidirectional Forwarding Detection Protocol.
Contents
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol Overview 17-1

Description 17-2
Parameters 17-3
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.1Ed.2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) is a network protocol used to detect faults
between two endpoints over a particular link. In an IP BSS network architecture, IP Abis
traffic is often aggregated from BTS sites in several points of concentration (POCs) of an
access network, before reaching a central IP gateway, which is the starting point of a
secured IP backbone towards TC, BSC, and MFS. The network access can be a layer 2 or
a layer 3 access network. In most of the cases, it is not owned by the mobile operator, and
Abis is backhauled through leased lines services. BFD is a tool to monitor the transport
layer of the Abis through non managed transport network. The BFD IP address is used by
the "next hop" router which implement the BFD protocol The address is configured via
the BTS NEM and is retrieved by the OMC via through SNMP. If the network access
does not provide path resiliency capability , BFD can be used as trigger of path
switchover between a primary and a secondary route.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS 9100 (MBI3/MBI5, Outdoor) equipped with
SUMX board.
Feature Activation
Overview
To activate this feature:
• From the Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - BTS NEM User Guide window follow the
menu path: Configuration -> IP... -> BFD IP Address The "BFD Responder IP
Address" window opens
• Enter the required BFD IP Address and click on [OK].
The default value is 0.0.0.0 and means that BFD is not activated; that value indicates that
the operator does not provide any IP address yet and is not displayed on the OMC. The
BFD IP address must be different from the BTS IP address.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
BFD_IP_ADDRESS_BTS New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
- BTS NEM User Guide, section BFD IP Address.
OMC HMI Updates

• BSSUSM: Create BTS
• BSSUSM: Modify BTS Characteristics, Basic.
.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Install CISCO Routers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
18 18
Security Enhancements for
IP Introduction
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Security Enhancements for IP Introduction.
Contents
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction Overview 18-1

Description 18-2
Parameters 18-3
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The aim of this feature is to distribute the security functions over the BSS subsystems as
well as their interactions.
The security strategy for the BSS takes into account the following aspects:
• The need for network element protection
A first level of protection is to secure write accesses to telecom and O&M network
elements.
A second level of protection is to secure read access for sensitive data.
A third level of protection would be to secure everything, meaning read accesses
whatever the data flow.
• The need for network protection (data flow sensitivity)
Network protection is not to protect the network, but to protect data flows going
through the network against dishonest users with network access. The solution is to
use secured VPN tunnels, via to the IPsec protocol. The BTS supports such IPsec
tunnels. Other network elements rely on customer central site IPsec gateways.
• The NE location (central or remote sites are differentiated).
As opposed to customer central sites, where only customer authorized people are
present, remote sites are easily accessible to non authorized people. In the BSS,
remote sites are, in most cases, BTS sites. Therefore, the BTS has the support of the
IPsec and the 802.1x protocol for Ethernet port access control. The 802.1x protocol
forbids unauthorized clients from using the Ethernet ports of a server machine.
This feature includes several solutions and technologies for enhancing the security for
inter network elements communications, such as:
• IP Security (IPSec)
• IP Security Gateway Authentication
• Radius Server Authentication
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• BTS 9100 (MBI3/MBI5, Outdoor) equipped with SUMX board
• 9153 OMC-R.
Feature Activation
Overview
IP Security at the BTS level can be activated by adding a new BTS with IPSec enabled
following the steps that indicates this, from the document Alcatel-Lucent Base Station -
Add BTS, New Cell(s) .
Activating an IP Security tunnel between the BTS and the OMC-R can be perform
following the steps from procedure: Activate IPSec Tunnel
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) New
BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) New
EN_BTS_PASSWORD_ RENEWAL (OMC New
local, BSC level, default is FALSE)
EXCLUDE_BTS_FROM_ PASSWORD_ New
RENEWAL (OMC local, BTS level, default is
FALSE)
SNMP_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_BTS New
(OMC local, BSC level)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
SNMP_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_TC New
(OMC local, TC level)
SSH_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_MFS New
(OMC local, one for every managed MFS).
Implemented through a crontab script.
EN_IPSEC (BTS) New
IPsec_GW_ADDRESS New
EN_SUPPLICANT_802 _1x (BTS) New
EN_AUTHENTICATOR_802 _1x (BTS) New
PRIMARY_RADIUS_ SERVER_ADDRESS New
SECONDARY_RADIUS_ SERVER_ New
ADDRESS
RADIUS_SHARED_SECRET New
NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside -BTS New
BSC_USE_FTP New

Overview
There are no new or modified counters and indicators
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
- BTS NEM User Guide, sections:
• IPSec Settings
• View/Set Radius Server Certificate
• Manage Certificate
• View / Delete Active Certificate
• Create New Operator Certificate
• Set New Certificate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OMC HMI Updates
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Security Enhancements for IP Introduction Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
19 19
Change from FTP to SFTP
(IP - BSC/TC/BTS)
Change from FTP to SFTP Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Change from FTP to SFTP feature.
Contents
Change from FTP to SFTP Overview 19-1

Description 19-2
Parameters 19-2
Change from FTP to SFTP Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS) Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
SFTP, or the SSH File Transfer Protocol is a network protocol that provides secure file
access, secure file transfer, and secure file management functionality over any reliable
data stream. The FTP used between BSC/TC/BTS(SUM-X) is replaced with SFTP, and
the BSC is the server.
With this feature implemented, the BTS SW download and the MT120 SW download
trigger by BSC use the SFTP protocol.
Standard port 22 is used for SFTP.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS equipped with SUMX boards.
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS) Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
The document impacted by this feature is:
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Using BSS IP Ports.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Change from FTP to SFTP (IP - BSC/TC/BTS) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
20 20
Types 28,18,19,110,180,
GPRS in 15 Minutes
Granularity
Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes
Granularity feature.
Contents
Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity Overview 20-2

Description 20-2
Parameters 20-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
This feature allows the user to configure some of the PM types with 15 minutes as
granularity.
To implement these requirements, the PMC configuration application is improved to be
more flexible, by allowing the granularity editing on a per PM type basis.
The OMC-R UFM/PMC application is improved as follows:
• The Available Raw Types section is replaced by a tabular structure
Each line contains:
– a check box, used to mark the types to be part of the PMC
– the PM type name
– 4 granularity fields, corresponding to G2/Mx/B11/B12 BSCs. These fields are
populated with the default values and the user can change the values with the
corresponding granularity allowed for each PM type.
– the user can fill in the granularity for all types (excepting the ones having fixed
values) by the same value with one click.
• The values set are kept after OMC-R software replacement or software migration
• If the feature is not enabled, the user is only allowed to enter either 30 minutes for all,
or 60 minutes for all types (excepting the ones having fixed values).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional and managed at BSS level by the following
parameter.
• EN_RED_GRANULARITY_OTHER up to B12.2Ed2
• EN_15min_GP_for_Other_Types for B12.2Ed3 and later.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Types
28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Up to B12.2Ed2
Name New/Modified
EN_RED_GRANULARITY_OTHER New
From to B12.2Ed3
Name New/Modified
EN_15min_GP_for_Other_Types New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Types 28,18,19,110,180, GPRS in 15 Minutes Granularity Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• RNUSM: Edit BSS Telecom Parameters, Procedures
• UFM: Permanent Measurement Campaign
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Surveillance Handbook.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
21 21 Type A&B&C Report in
RMS
15 Minutes Granularity
RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes
Granularity feature.
Contents
RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity Overview 21-2

Description 21-2
Parameters 21-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
This feature allows the user to configure the RMSI PM type with 15 minutes as
granularity.
To implement this requirement, the PMC configuration application is improved to be
more flexible, by allowing the granularity editing on a per PM type basis.
The OMC-R UFM/PMC application is improved as follows:
• The Available Raw Types section is replaced by a tabular structure
Each line contains:
– a check box, used to mark the types to be part of the PMC
– the PM type name
– 4 granularity fields, corresponding to G2/Mx/B11/B12 BSCs. These fields are
populated with the default values and the user can change the values with the
corresponding granularity allowed for each PM type.
– the user can fill in the granularity for all types (excepting the ones having fixed
values) by the same value with one click.
• The values set are kept after OMC-R software replacement or software migration
• If the feature is not enabled, the user is only allowed to enter either 30 minutes or 60
minutes for RMSI.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional and managed at BSS level by the following
parameter:
• EN_RED_GRANULARITY_RMSI up to B12.2Ed2
• EN_15min_GP_for_RMSI from B12.2Ed3.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section RMS Type A&B&C
Report in 15 Minutes Granularity.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Up to B12.2Ed2
Name New/Modified
EN_RED_GRANULARITY_RMSI New
From B12.2Ed3
Name New/Modified
EN_15min_GP_for_RMSI New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
RMS Type A&B&C Report in 15 Minutes Granularity Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.
OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the document:
Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical
Evolutions, sections:
• UFM: Permanent Measurement Campaign.
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - BSS Surveillance Handbook.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
22 Remote BTS NEM
22
Remote BTS NEM Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Remote BTS NEM feature.
Contents
Remote BTS NEM Overview 22-1

Description 22-2
Parameters 22-5
Remote BTS NEM Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Remote BTS NEM Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The Network Element Manager for a BTS (BTS NEM) is a software package used for
managing, maintaining and commissioning a BTS.
For IP transport, there are two BTS connection types:
• Local connection
• Remote connection
Local Connection
Local connection can be done via front panel NEM connector on the SUM board (which
needs to open the NE door with a key).
From this point, the PC-NEM is named “Local PC-NEM”.
Remote Connection
This is possible from anywhere within the network, as far as the routing / firewall allows.
A “remote connection” can also be on a switch port physically located near the BTS,
which needs the port to be enabled and physical accessible.
In the following figure,the wording “PC-NEM” is used for content relative to the local
and the remote PC-NEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Remote BTS NEM Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: A new parameter 'NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS (True/False)', exists in the

BSC Terminal in order to enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS.
Local and remote PC-NEM use IP to connect BTS.
There are two ways to connect the PC-NEM:
• Serial connection to the BTS
• Ethernet connection.
Serial connection to a BTS
Local IP connection using IP/PPP over RS232 for SUMA/P only.
Ethernet connection
The Ethernet local or remote connection is realized either:
• Through a point to point Ethernet link to the concerned BTS for the SUMX, or
• Connecting the PC-NEM on the IP backbone.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Remote BTS NEM Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS equipped with SUMX board.
Feature Activation
Overview
The Remote BTS-NEM feature is not optional, it is activated by default. Optionally it is
possible to enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS by activate
NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS parameter.
To enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS:
• Open the BSC Terminal.
• From the BSC Terminal menu bar, select Commands->BSS Operations->Display BSC
Peer Entities
The Display BSC Peer Entities window appears.
• Complete the following fields:
– In the Object Class, select BSC
– In the Unit Type, select BSC
– In the Unit Number, enter 1.
– Check the Get and Modify box and click on OK
The Modify BSC Peer Entities window opens.
• Select Address - 3 tab.
• In the NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS field select the TRUE value.
• Click on OK.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Remote BTS NEM Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
BSC Evolution - Terminal User Guide, section Modify BSC Peer Entities.
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Station - Distributed BTS/9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective Maintenance
Handbook
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Commissioning Manual
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Remote BTS NEM Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Acceptance Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Base Station - Additional Tests
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - OAM - Engineering Rules for LMT
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - Other Equipments - CI 08 - Site Equipment Inventory
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
23 23 Synchronization
BTS
Through NTP
BTS Synchronization Through NTP Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of BTS Synchronization Through NTP feature.
Contents
BTS Synchronization Through NTP Overview 23-1

Description 23-2
Parameters 23-2
BTS Synchronization Through NTP Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS Synchronization Through NTP Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
With IP BSS, the frequency synchronization of the BTS (i.e. the automatic recalibration
of the local oscillator frequency on a high accuracy transmission clock source) can be
achieved through NTP: a stratum 1 NTP server delivers NTP messages to the BTS.
The key value of the synchronization through NTP is that this method does not induce
any requirement on the transmission backbone.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional. For specific information about the feature
activation, refer to: Synchronize BTS with a NTP Server.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_INITIAL New
FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_SUSTAINED New
FREQ_SYNC_POLL_PER_EVAL New
FREQ_SYNC_MIN_NBR_EVAL New
FREQ_SYNC_MAX_INITIAL_EVAL New
FREQ_SYNC_GRAD_CONV_THRES New
FREQ_SYNC_GRAD_CONV_EDGE New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS Synchronization Through NTP Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
FREQ_SYNC_SUCCESS_RATIO New
BTS-First-NTP-Server-Address New
BTS-Second-NTP-Server-Address New
EFFECTIVE_SYNCH_MODE New
NTP_SYNCHRONISED New
NTP-IP-ADDR New
GPS-SYNCHRONISED New
NTP-SYNCHRONISED New
PCM-SYNCHRONISED New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical Evolutions, section
BSSUSM: Create BTS, Advanced.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS Synchronization Through NTP Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and
• Alcatel-Lucent 9120 Base Station Controller - Terminal User Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 OMC-R Online Help.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
24 Layer 2 Network Access
24
Layer 2 Network Access Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Layer 2 Network Access feature.
Contents
Layer 2 Network Access Overview 24-1

Description 24-2
Parameters 24-3
Layer 2 Network Access Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Layer 2 Network Access Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
Using a Layer 2 transport network means that, despite the BSS, network elements (BTS,
BSC, TC, MFS) will still exchange IP packets. The underlying functional architecture of
the transport network can be seen as a single LAN, in fact, an Ethernet LAN. Taking into
account the potential distance between network elements, this is based on "Extended Area
LAN" concepts such the MetroEthernet. The primary impact on the IP-based transport is
that all IP addresses of the network elements belong to the same IP subnet, and no IP
router (Layer 3) is needed between two network elements.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9130 BSC Evolution:
– IPoE1 with new TP board TPIP module
– IPoEth no new upgrade needed
• 9125 TC equipped with new TCIF board
• BTS equipped with SUMX board.
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - BSS Telecom Routing Configuration document.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Layer 2 Network Access Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Layer 2 Network Access Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
25 25Signaling over IP:
A
Symmetric Multi-Homing
A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Layer 2 Network Access feature.
Contents
A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing Overview 25-1

Description 25-2
Parameters 25-3
A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature aims to offer an alternative to the IP specific networking redundancy
solutions, for the telecom signalling made over IP links (A Signaling over IP). It uses the
SCTP multi-homed capabilities of the 9130 BSC Evolution and along with the MSC,
offers symmetric multi-homing capabilities for the A Signaling over IP feature.
A Multi-homed device associates to a SCTP endpoint, a SCTP port and more than one IP
addresses. In case of A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing feature, the BSC can
be configured with two IP addresses for A Signaling over IP (AsigoIP) feature.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Evolution - Modify N7 Transport Mode document.
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
A Signaling over IP: Symmetric Multi-Homing Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Modify N7 Transport Mode
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Change IP Address Plan
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Using BSS IP Ports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
26 26
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4
E1 and 36 TRX per
SUMX/SUMX19"
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19"

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per
SUMX/SUMX19" feature.
Contents
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" Overview 26-2

Description 26-2
Parameters 26-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19"
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19"

Overview
Overview
Note: The Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" feature is available starting
with B12.2.
The correspondent IPoEthernet BTS feature is available starting with B12.3.
Description
Overview
With this feature the 4 E1 ports - available on BTS side when equipped with SUMX /
SUMX19” board and GNC card - can be used. This is taken into account by the BSC,
OMC-R and HMI (OMC-R BSSUSM BTS and Abis views). On OMC-R and BSC, there
are always 4 ABIS-HW-TPs for one BTS. The 3rd and 4th E1 links are added to support
the PS traffic on which extra timeslots are mapped, as well as Abis TS for RSL/TCH.
There will be at most 4 E1 links connected between BSC and BTS. For IPoEthernet BTS
correspondent feature the 4E1 is no more appropriate, but the other information is
sustainable.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9130 Evolium MFS
• TDM BTS
• BTS equipped with SUMX/SUMX19” with GNC board
• TRE capable of 4 Abis: G5 (TWIN) in tx div, G5 (TWIN) in 2 modules, MC_TRX
and MC_RRH.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Up to 4 E1 and 36
TRX per SUMX/SUMX19".
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
Extra_PCM_mode New
two_PCM_mode New
Four_PCM_Links_Capability (BTS) New
Third-Abis-Link-Number New
Fourth-Abis-Link-Number New
Third Abis name New
Fourth Abis name New
BTS-First-Abis-Position-Number New
BTS-Second-Abis-Position-Number New
BTS-third-Abis-Position-Number New
BTS-Fourth-Abis-Position-Number New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical Evolutions,
sections:
• BSSUSM: Abis Topology View
• BSSUSM: Create BTS
• BSSUSM: Modify BTS Characteristics, Basic
• BSSUSM: Modify BTS Characteristics, Add Info
• BSSUSM: Configure Extra Links
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Attach Abis for Multiple Abis Configration
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Detach Abis for Multiple Abis Configration
Handbook
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 OMC-R Online Help
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IPoEthernet BTS/Up to 4 E1 and 36 TRX per SUMX/SUMX19" Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
27 27
OMC-R O&M Link
Redundancy Using Solaris
IPMP
OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris
IPMP feature.
Contents
OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP Overview 27-2

Description 27-2
Parameters 27-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
The feature provides a mechanism for building redundant network interfaces to guard
against NICs, cables, switches or other networking hardware failures. It also provides a
method to do maintenance on system hardware without losing network connectivity in IP
environments, based on Solaris IPMP.
This feature is compatible with “Multiple LAN Interfaces” OMC-R feature.
For each network interface, the built-in algorithm will try to find, if possible, an unused
network interface on a different network board to pair it up with, and set both up in a
multipathing IP group, link detection based.
The following interfaces are excluded from IPMP setup:
• loopback interface (lo0)
• inter hardware domain interfaces on Mxxx machines (sppp,clsn)
• non configured network interfaces (IP=0.0.0.0)
• interfaces used to communicate with 2540 StorageTeck disk array
• already using IPMP interfaces
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section OMC-R O&M Link
Redundancy using Solaris IPMP.
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R O&M Link Redundancy Using Solaris IPMP Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
28 28
Alarm generated when the
expected performance
data fail to collect
Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail to

collect Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of the “Alarm generated when the expected
performance data fail to collect” feature.
Contents
Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail to collect Ovewrview 28-2
Description 28-2
Parameters 28-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail
to collect to collect Ovewrview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail to

collect Ovewrview
Overview
Description
Overview
The alarm is expected every time PM or GPM file transfer fails, and it should be cleared
after the file has been transferred successfully.
The BSSIM raises the alarm when PM file transfer fails for a particular PM file after a
number of trials and irrespective of PMC and ODMC. The number of trials is referred
from BSSCOMM param.cfg.
The MFSIM raises the alarm when GPM file transfer fails for a particular PM file.
Note: The alarm is raised only when the feature is licensed.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail Parameters
to collect
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Alarm Dictionary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Alarm generated when the expected performance data fail Applicable Documents
to collect
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
29 Ater GCH Equity per GP
29
Ater GCH Equity per GP Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Ater GCH Equity per GP feature.
Contents
Ater GCH Equity per GP Overview 29-1

Description 29-2
Parameters 29-3
Ater GCH Equity per GP Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ater GCH Equity per GP Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
Ater GCH Equity per GP is a new mechanism that forces the reallocation of GCH from
some TRX to other TRX, at GP level.
The main goal of Ater GCH equity per GP is to use the Ater GCH resource in a more
efficient way. The following aspects are covered:
• A reactive mode corrects big differences in the GCH allocation or real GCH
congestion
• An anticipation mode which increases the GCH allocation to TRX for which the real
GCH usage is near congestion.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is not optional for B12.2 Ed2 and later releases.
For specific information about the feature activation, for releases earlier than B12.2 Ed2,
refer to:Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration
Recommendations , section Ater GCH Equity per GP.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ater GCH Equity per GP Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
ATER_GCH_EQUITY_TIMER New
ATER_GCH_EQUITY_NB_LOWEST_TRX New
ATER_GCH_EQUITY_MARGIN New

Overview
The following new counters are introduced starting with B12.2 Ed2:

ID
P87a ATER_EQUITY_REALLOCATED_GCH
P87b ATER_EQUITY_MIN_RATIO_TBF_PER_GCH
P87c ATER_EQUITY_MAX_RATIO_TBF_PER_GCH
P87d ATER_EQUITY_AVG_RATIO_TBF_PER_GCH
P87e ATER_EQUITY_TIME_TARGET_NOT_REACHED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ater GCH Equity per GP LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
30 30
OMC-R Command Mode
Enchancement
OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement feature.
Contents
OMC-R Command Mode Enhancement Overview 30-1

Description 30-2
Parameters 30-2
OMC-R Command Mode Enhancement Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The feature introduces new commands designed to improve
• cell management
• BTS management
• BSC management
• PRC managenent capabilities.
Starting with B12.2 edition 2, more commands were added to manage Abis creation and
deletion, NE creation, deletion and modification, PRC functionality.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
There are no counter and indicator modifications.
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Command Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Command Mode Enchancement Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
31 31
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with
UA7 on 3G side)
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of MC-RRH1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side)
feature.
Contents
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) Overview 31-2

Description 31-2
Parameters 31-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
MC-RRH 1800 modules support both 2G B12.1 and 3G UA7 software.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• Distributed BTS
• BTS equipped with SUMX 19” board.
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Handbook
BTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA7 on 3G side) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
32 32
MC-RRH1800 2G/3G (with
UA8 on 3G side)
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side)
feature.
Contents
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) Overview 32-2

Description 32-2
Parameters 32-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-RRH1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MC-RRH 1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2Ed1.5.
Description
Overview
MC-RRH 1800 modules support both 2G B12.2 and 3G UA8 software.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• Distributed BTS
• BTS equipped with SUMX 19” board.
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-RRH1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Handbook
BTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-RRH1800 2G/3G (with UA8 on 3G side) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
33 33
Flexible RMSI Report
Content
Flexible RMSI Report Content Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Flexible RMSI Report Content feature.
Contents
Flexible RMSI Report Content Overview 33-1

Description 33-2
Parameters 33-3
Flexible RMSI Report Content Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Flexible RMSI Report Content Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature offers more flexibility at OMC-R level, with respect to:
• the defined cell set measured
• the start and end time for the measurement campaign
• the reported counter set.
The implementation of the feature determined important improvements with respect to
the following aspects:
• OBSAL GUI is modified to allow the configuration per BSC of the reported counters
list, in CSV format
• OBSAL is modified to filter the counters recorded in the CSV output file, according
to the configuration created in OBSAL GUI
• ODMC is modified to accept more than 40 object instances per BSC and even if the
concerned PM type is already configured in PMC.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional and managed at BSC level by the following
parameter:
• EN_FLEX_INTERFACE up to B12.2Ed2
• EN_Flexible_RMSI_Reports from B12.2Ed3
If the feature is applied to RMSI, the activation of the RMS Improvements feature, via
EN_RMSI parameter, is required.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Flexible RMSI Report
Content.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Flexible RMSI Report Content Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Up to B12.2Ed2
Name New/Modified
EN_FLEX_INTERFACE New
From B12.2Ed3
Name New/Modified
EN_Flexible_RMSI_Reports New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• OBSAL: Parser, Obsynt & Alerter
• OBSAL: Parser, Obsynt & Alerter, Flexible Interface
• OBSAL: Parser, Obsynt & Alerter, Tune Configuration File(s)
• OBSAL: Parser, Obsynt & Alerter, Tune Configuration File(s), Edit Tune
• OBSAL: Parser, Obsynt & Alerter, Tune Configuration File(s), Copy Tune File
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Flexible RMSI Report Content Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Getting Started
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
34 E-IRC(8PSK)
34
E-IRC(8PSK) Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of E-IRC - 8PSK feature.
Contents
E-IRC(8PSK) Overview 34-1

Description 34-2
Parameters 34-2
E-IRC(8PSK) Overview
Overview
Note: This feature is available for TDM, starting with B12.2 and for IP, starting with
B12.2Ed3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
E-IRC(8PSK) Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
In order to enhance the network quality by reducing the interferences, the support of IRC
(Interference Rejection Combining) and E-IRC (Enhanced-IRC) algorithms are required.
The E-IRC algorithm is implemented for 8PSK modulation.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
This feature is supported only with:
• BTS equipped with: G5 (TWIN), MC TRX and MC RRH boards.
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional, activated at cell level.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section IRC & Enhanced IRC -
8PSK.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_EIRC New
EIRC_Capability New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
E-IRC(8PSK) Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

sections:
• BSSUSM: Modify BTS Remote Settings, Additional Information
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, Dedicated Radio Resources
• RNUSM: Cell Synthesis View.
.
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
E-IRC(8PSK) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
35 E-IRC(GMSK)
35
E-IRC(GMSK) Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of E-IRC - GMSK feature.
Contents
E-IRC(GMSK) Overview 35-1

Description 35-2
Parameters 35-2
E-IRC(GMSK) Overview
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
E-IRC(GMSK) Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
In order to enhance the network quality by reducing the interferences, the support of IRC
(Interference Rejection Combining) and E-IRC (Enhanced-IRC) algorithms are required.
The E-IRC algorithm is implemented for GMSK modulation.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• BTS equipped with: G5 (TWIN), MC TRX and MC RRH boards.
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional, activated at cell level.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section IRC & Enhanced IRC -
GMSK.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_EIRC New
EIRC_Capability New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
E-IRC(GMSK) Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

sections:
• BSSUSM: Modify BTS Remote Settings, Additional Information
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, Dedicated Radio Resources
• RNUSM: Cell Synthesis View
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
E-IRC(GMSK) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
36 36
Packet Downlink Power
Control
Packet Downlink Power Control Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Packet Downlink Power Control feature.
Contents
Packet Downlink Power Control Overview 36-1

Description 36-2
Parameters 36-3
Packet Downlink Power Control Overview

Overview
This feature is available for TDM, starting with B12.2 and for IP, starting with B12.2Ed3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Packet Downlink Power Control Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The objective of Packet Downlink Power Control is to optimize the BTS output power
while maintaining quality in the ongoing packet connections.
The power reduction can be:
• Constant, defined by a P0 parameter. The average power level used by PS traffic in a
cell can be decreased by the constant value P0, and therefore reduce the PS
contribution to the interference.
The value of P0 is configurable within a range of 0…30 db with a 2db step. The
constant downlink power control reduction is applicable to GMSK and 8PSK
modulations
• Dynamic. The BTS limits its output power on blocks addressed to a particular MS
(USF or RLC blocks) to levels between (BCCH level - P0dB) and (BCCH level -
P0dB - 10dB)
The dynamic downlink power control is applicable to GMSK and 8PSK modulations
used in EGPRS. For a given PDCH shared by different TBFs, the power may change
every RLC/MAC radio block (i.e. every 20 ms).
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Packet Downlink
Power Control .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Packet Downlink Power Control Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_BS_PC_PS New
POW_RED_P0 New
MAX_POW_RED_DYN New
POW_RED_INC_STEP_SIZE_PS New
POW_RED_DEC_STEP_SIZE_PS New
MAX_POW_RED_USF_8PSK New
MAX_POW_RED_USF_GMSK New
TARGET_MCS_PR New
POW_RED_P0_PDDCB New
TARGET_MCS_BEP_OFFSET New

Overview
deployment.

P86_0 NB_BLOCK_SENT_POW_RED_LEVEL_0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Packet Downlink Power Control LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

RNUSM: Edit Cell, GPRS, Power Control.
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
37 37
Reduction of Transmitted
PDDCB
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB feature.
Contents
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB Overview 37-1

Description 37-2
Parameters 37-3
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB is a mandatory part of GPRS downlink power control.
The main goal of Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB is to only keep the useful PDDCB:
• PDDCB (PR_mode_B) without USF (equivalent to USF = USFNE)
• PDDCB (PR_mode_B) with USF
• Other PDDCB with USF.
Except for the above useful PDDCB, the left useless PDDCB shall not be sent.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9100 BTS, 9110-E Micro BTS equipped with G4 TRX, TWIN-TRX, MC-TRX
boards
• 9130 MFS Evolution.
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Reduction of
Transmitted PDDCB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_RED_PDDCB New

Overview
deployment.

P51 NB_USEFULL_PDDCB_SCHEDULED
P52 NB_USELESS_PDDCB_SCHEDULED
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

RNUSM: Edit Cell - GPRS, RLC/MAC.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Reduction of Transmitted PDDCB Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
38 38 Type B Counter
New
Requirements
New Type B Counter Requirements Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of New Type B counter requirements feature.
Contents
New Type B Counter Requirements Overview 38-1

Description 38-2
Parameters 38-2
New Type B Counter Requirements Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
New Type B Counter Requirements Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The new type B counters are retrieved from the header configuration part of cell section
in type 110. The new bloc which is introduced in type 110 is reported by the BSC only if
EN_SPECIFIC_PM parameter is active.
These type B counters are reported at 15' period.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations , section New Type B counter
requirements.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_SPECIFIC_PM New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
New Type B Counter Requirements Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
deployment.

ID
MC1540 BSCHA00
MC1541 BSCHA01
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical Evolutions ,
sections:
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
New Type B Counter Requirements Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
39 39
Script for Counting and
Restoring OOS TRE and
Sectors
Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of the Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE
and Sectors feature.
Contents
Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors Overview 39-2
Description 39-2
Parameters 39-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
The feature provides a new script which counts the number of TREs and sectors that are
in out of service (OOS) state and attempts to restore them without manual intervention.
The script works as follows:
• when it encounters a TRE in OOS state, it resets the corresponding board
• when it encounters a sector (RA) in OOS state, it locks and unlocks the related board.
The script can be run at three levels:
• at OMC-R level - counts and attempts to restore all the OOS TREs and Sectors
corresponding to all the BTSs of all the BSCs declared in OMC-R
• at BSC level - counts and attempts to restore all the OOS TREs and Sectors
corresponding to all the BTSs of a particular BSC
• at BTS level - counts and attempts to restore all the OOS TREs and Sectors
corresponding to a particular BTS.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Script for Counting
and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors.
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Script for Counting and Restoring OOS TRE and Sectors Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
40 40
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R
for Time Deviation with
NTP Server
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Server

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Alarm triggered by OMC-R for time deviation with
NTP server feature.
Contents
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Server Overview 40-2
Description 40-2
Parameters 40-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP
Server Server Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Server

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
The OMC-R does a periodical check with the NTP server and the synchronization
mechanism is triggered in case of a high deviation. If the time deviation is greater than
the defined threshold, the OMC-R generates an alarm instead of synchronizing with the
NTP server and forwards it to NMC. Only the existing OMC-R synchronization is
stopped and alarms are raised.
The NTP server and the deviation threshold are configured in OMC-R.
The threshold can be configured in the following file:
• for Solaris: /etc/inet/ntp-plus.conf
• for Linux: /etc/ntp-plus.conf.
Before any configuration is done, the OMC-R (Master/HMI/Agent) in question should be
declared as ExNE in order to receive the alarms. After configuration, the ntp-plus service
has to be enabled.
On Master, if the threshold is reached, only the ntp/ntpd service is disabled, ntp-plus
remaining active. On Agents/HMIs, both services will be disabled. The alarm will be
cleared when both ntp and ntp-plus services are enabled by the operator after performing
the required actions.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Hardware Coverage
Server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Alarm Triggered by
OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Server.
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Alarm Triggered by OMC-R for Time Deviation with NTP Applicable Documents
Server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Alarm Dictionary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
41 41
Customized Report on
Graphical User Interface
for TRX Resource
Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX

Resource Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for
TRX Resource feature.
Contents
Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX Resource Overview 41-2
Description 41-2
Parameters 41-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX
Resource Resource Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX

Resource Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
The feature provides a new graphical user interface from where the operator can generate
TRE inventory reports containing the number and types of TREs available at OMC, BSC
or BTS level. TRE count. These reports can be exported as CSV files.
Using this feature, the operator can also create general reports like:
• TRE count per BTS for all the BTSs in the OMC-R
• TRE count per BSC for all the BSCs in the OMC-R.
On demand, the user can generate an EML export in order to have the latest data available
as basis for the TRE inventory reports.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX Parameters
Resource
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

sections:
• ENSUSM: Remote Inventory
• ENSUSM: Remote Inventory, TRE Inventory
• ENSUSM: Remote Inventory, TRE Inventory, EML Export
• ENSUSM: Remote Inventory, TRE Inventory, TRE INFO
• ENSUSM: Remote Inventory, TRE Inventory, TRE INFO, BTS
• ENSUSM: Remote Inventory, TRE Inventory, TRE INFO, BSC
• ENSUSM: Remote Inventory, TRE Inventory, TRE INFO, OMC.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Customized Report on Graphical User Interface for TRX Applicable Documents
Resource
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Configuration Handbook
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
42 42
OMC-R User Group
Management
OMC-R User Group Management Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of OMC-R user group management feature.
Contents
OMC-R User Group Management Overview 42-1

Description 42-2
Parameters 42-2
OMC-R User Group Management Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R User Group Management Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The OMC-R user group management feature provides the following:
• Add/delete user groups
• Modify/Query user groups
• Multiple user groups can contain an user
• Copy/Paste User Groups
• Import/Export of User Groups
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section OMC-R User Group
Management.
When the feature is not activated, the profile management window is retained.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
USER_GROUP_MANAGEMENT_ACTIVATED New
com.alcatel.almap.sec.userGroupManagement New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R User Group Management Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical Evolutions.
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R User Group Management Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
43 43
Statistics/Report on
OMC-R System
Availability/Stability
Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Statistics/Report on OMC-R System
availability/stability feature.
Contents
Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability Overview 43-2

Description 43-2
Parameters 43-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
In theAdministration Facilities window, a statistics report can be performed for the
OMC-R system availability and stability.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Administration Facilities: OMC-R Statistics Report Tool.
Overview
Administration Handbook.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Statistics/Report on OMC-R System Availability/Stability Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
44 44
Improvement of 900/1800
Dual - Band Network - CS
Load Balancing
Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load

Balancing Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network -
CS Load Balancing.
Contents
Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load Balancing Overview 44-2

Description 44-2
Parameters 44-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load
Balancing Balancing Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load

Balancing Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
This feature offers to balance the load of 900 and 1800 at earlier stage than handover.
• It allows at call setup of Circuit Switched CS calls to balance traffic between cells
belonging to different bands (e.g. 900 and 1800). When the load in a cell is equal or
higher than a dedicated threshold, at assignment request a forced directed retry is
performed in order to send the call on the other band for CS services, if the radio
condition allows that.
• Up to now, this balance CS traffic between bands was possible only with handover
procedure (cause 21) after the call set up.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is not supported with concentric and multiband cells.
Feature Activation
Overview
For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Alcatel-Lucent Base Station
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Improvement of
900/1800 dual-band network - CS Load Balancing.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load Parameters
Balancing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_PREFFERED_BAND_FORCED_DR New
MULTIBAND_FORCED_DR_TRAFFIC_CONDITION New
L_RXLEV_MULTIBAND_FORCED_DR New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• RNUSM: Edit 2G - 2G Adjacencies, Adjacency Parameters, Incoming
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, HO Parameters, Directed Retry.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Improvement of 900/1800 Dual - Band Network - CS Load Applicable Documents
Balancing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
45 45
Black-list Management of
Substandard SAIC MSs in
VAMOS Mode
Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS

Mode Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs
in VAMOS Mode feature.
Contents
Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Mode Overview 45-2

Description 45-2
Parameters 45-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS
Mode Mode Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS

Mode Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
Among legacy MSs, SAIC MSs (also called DARP Phase-1 MSs) are able to operate at
Signal-to-Noise Ratio values close to 0dB with acceptable performance. It was discovered
that some SAIC MSs suffer of sudden quality degradation immediately after the VAMOS
pairing when the chosen SCPIR is equal to 0dB. This behavior is the same also with good
radio conditions. With some SAIC MSs the observed phenomenon happens every time a
VAMOS pairing is performed.
In particular these substandard SAIC MSs need a SCPIR>0 dB to correctly decode an
AQPSK signal.
Because the substandard SAIC MSs are already present in the field, a solution cannot be
implemented in the MSs themselves but it must be implemented in the BSS only.
The solution is the BSC to maintain a black-list of substandard SAIC MS models.
The BSC uses the IMEISV information sent by the MS to identify the substandard SAIC
MS models. The pairing of two substandard SAIC MSs is forbidden. The pairing of a
substandard SAIC MS with a non-substandard SAIC MS is allowed under the condition
that the initial SCPIR value is chosen favorable to the substandard SAIC MS and equal or
higher than a configured value defined by the SCPIR_LOW_MS_ALLOC_SUB_SAIC
parameter. The VAMOS Power Control algorithm guarantees that during the call the
SCPIR is kept favorable to the substandard SAIC MS and equal or higher than the
configured value (defined by the SCPIR_LOW_MS_PC_SUB_SAIC parameter).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Hardware Coverage
Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is not commercially optional.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Black-list Management
of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Mode.
Parameters
Overview
This section contains the new and/or modified parameters involved in feature
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_VAMOS_SUB_SAIC_BLACKLIST New
SUB_SAIC_BLACKLIST New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_ALLOC_SUB_SAIC New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_PC_SUB_SAIC New
SCPIR_LOW_MS_ALLOC_SAIC Modified
SCPIR_LOW_MS_PC_SAIC Modified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Black-list Management of Substandard SAIC MSs in VAMOS Counters and Indicators
Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

sections:
• RNUSM: Edit BSS Telecom Parameters - Procedures
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, PC Parameters, VAMOS
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Online Help.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
46 46
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool
contains up to 16 SGSNs
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs
feature.
Contents
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Overview 46-2

Description 46-2
Parameters 46-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2 edition 2.
Description
Overview
This feature increases the number of SGSNs per GP from 8 to 16. The value of the
parameter MAX_NB_SGSN_GP increases from 8 to 16. As a consequence, the following
MFS configuration limitations also increase: maximum NSE per MFS, maximum NSE
per BSS, maximum IP NS-VC per MFS, maximum IP NS-VC per BSS, maximum SGSN
IP Endpoints per MFS, maximum SGSN IP Endpoints per BSS.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Configuration Rules
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Gb-Flex SGSN Pool contains up to 16 SGSNs Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
47 47 threshold for HR
Max
usage per BSC
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Max threshold for HR usage per BSC feature.
Contents
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Overview 47-1

Description 47-2
Parameters 47-4
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2Ed2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
When AMR-HR coding is enabled in a cell, the new channel allocations are made in
AMR-HR channels as soon as the cell load increases above a configured threshold.
Moreover, the on-going AMR-FR calls may be handed-over to AMR-HR channels to free
some radio resources. As a result, in extreme load conditions all the on-going calls in the
cell will be allocated to AMR-HR channels and the cell capacity may double. When the
load increases on all the cells of a BSS the number of the AMR-HR calls in the BSS may
become very high. This can create an extreme load on the A interface.
Till now the only way to control the number of AMR-HR channels used is by configuring
two cell's parameters:
• THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
• THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
When the average load of a network is below THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 then the BSC
choose the codec used for a new call from a preferred list of codecs supported by the
mobile station. If the average network load surpasses the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
limit, then all the new calls are pushed to use the AMR-HR channels. Also in this case
some of the existing calls that are already on-going can be pushed to use one of the HR
channels if the handover between channels is allowed.
Figure 47-1 Load tresholds in a cell
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
With the Max threshold for HR usage per BSC feature, the number of the maximum
AMR-HR channles per BSS can be limited and so the load of the A interface can be more
preciously controlled. This is done with a new parameter called MAX_TCH_HAL-
F_RATE and its value is expressed in percentage.
If the BSS network load is below the MAX_TCH_HALF_RATE then the BSC choose
the codec type used for a new call from the preferred list of codecs supported by the
mobile station (exactly like before). Also the handover from AMR-FR to AMR-HR
channels is permitted.
If the BSS network load surpasses MAX_TCH_HALF_RATE then the new calls can not
be allocated to a AMR-HR channel, so the codec used is one of the remaining from the
preferred list of supported codecs type for each mobile station.
Figure 47-2 Load treshold in BSS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
For specific information about the feature activation and configuration, refer to the
Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations
document.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Parameter New/Modified
MAX_TCH_HALF_RATE New
EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_
LOADED
EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

RNUSM: Edit BSS Telecom Parameters, AMR.
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Max threshold for HR usage per BSC Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
48 48
Flexible TBF delay timer
for QQ and non QQ
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ
feature.
Contents
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Overview 48-2

Description 48-2
Parameters 48-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ is an improvement meant to introduce a
compromise between the advantage of the delayed release state and its drawback: keep a
standard value when the cell is not congested, and a lower value in case of congestion.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME_CONG New
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME_IM_CONG New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

sections:
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, GPRS, Radio Res. Ctrl
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, GPRS, QoS.
Overview
Graphical Evolutions.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Flexible TBF delay timer for QQ and non QQ Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
49 49 Algorithm
PS
Optimizations: Distinguish
the TBF in delayed mode
in the RR allocation
algorithm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed
mode in the RR allocation algorithm mode in the RR allocation algorithm Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed

mode in the RR allocation algorithm Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF
in delayed mode in the RR allocation algorithm feature.
Contents
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed mode in the RR 49-2

allocation algorithm Overview
Description 49-3
Parameters 49-3
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed

mode in the RR allocation algorithm Overview
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed Description
mode in the RR allocation algorithm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature is meant to distinguish the downlink TBF in delayed mode when counting
established TBF in the RR allocation algorithm, so as to allow more TBF in delayed state
than in transfer state, and to establish the new TBF were the number of active TBF is the
lowest. This special counting does not apply to GBR TBF, even when in delayed
downlink state.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
FACTOR_DELAYED_DL_TBF New
EN_FACTOR_DELAYED_DL_TBF New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Distinguish the TBF in delayed Counters and Indicators
mode in the RR allocation algorithm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• RNUSM: Edit BSS, GPRS, TBF Mngt.
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
50 50 Algorithm
PS
Optimizations: Increased
weight for the common
long TBF
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the common
long TBF Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for
the common long TBF feature.
Contents
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the common long TBF 50-2
Overview
Description 50-2
Parameters 50-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the
common long TBF common long TBF Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the common

long TBF Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
The Increased weight for the common long TBF is meant to optimize the throughput for
the TBF which are above a given data load.
The counting of bytes is done in RLC Layer, and is limited to the TBF lifetime. This
solution is diminishing exchanges between PMU and PTU.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section PS Algorithm
Optimizations: Increased weight for the common long TBF.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the Parameters
common long TBF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
LONG_TBF_SIZE New
LONG_TBF_WEIGHT New
EN_LONG_TBF_WEIGHT New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

sections:
• RNUSM: Edit BSS, GPRS, TBF Mngt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PS Algorithm Optimizations: Increased weight for the Applicable Documents
common long TBF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
51 51
Improvement on AMR -
Handling of Power Control
Thresholds
Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Thresholds

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control
Thresholds feature.
Contents
Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Thresholds Overview 51-2

Description 51-2
Parameters 51-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control
Thresholds Thresholds Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Thresholds

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
The purpose of this feature is to allow both a lower and upper Power Control thresholds
to be configurable for AMR.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
There is no specific activation scenario
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR New
L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_VAMOS New
U_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR New
U_RXQUAL_DL_P_VAMOS New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Parameters
Thresholds
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name New/Modified
U_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_VAMOS New
L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR New
U_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• RNUSM: Edit Cell, HO&PC Thresholds, Quality
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, HO&PC Thresholds, VAMOS
.
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Improvement on AMR - Handling of Power Control Applicable Documents
Thresholds
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
52 52
Several Link-mapping
table templates
Several Link-mapping table templates Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Several Link-mapping table templates feature.
Contents
Several Link-mapping table templates Overview 52-1

Description 52-2
Parameters 52-2
Several Link-mapping table templates Overview

Overview
This feature is available for TDM, starting with B12.2Ed2, and for IP, starting with
B12.2Ed3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Several Link-mapping table templates Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature improves the single user packet throughput by improving the link-mapping
tables. This is significant for the EDGE packet throughput.
There are several predefined sets to choose from, each defines the values of certain
parameters in order to obtain some gain in the packet throughput performance.
To read more about this sets and how are they defined navigate to the Alcatel-Lucent
Base Station Subsystem - Configuration Rules document.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Several Link-mapping
table templates.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
BS_CV_MAX
N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS
EN_BS_PC_PS
POW_RED_P0
MAX_POW_RED_DYN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Several Link-mapping table templates Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
POW_RED_INC_STEP_SIZE_PS
POW_RED_DEC_STEP_SIZE_PS
TARGET_MCS_BEP_OFFSET
EN_MCS_ADAPTATION_ New
CONFIGURATION
MCS_ADAPTATION_SET_SELECTION New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

RNUSM: Edit Cell - GPRS, RLC/MAC.
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Several Link-mapping table templates Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - Software - B11/B12 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
53 53
Warning Message for
Optional Features License
Expiry
Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Warning Message for Optional Features License
Expiry feature.
Contents
Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry Overview 53-2

Description 53-2
Parameters 53-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
This feature offers the operator a way to be informed in advance about the optional
features license expiration date.
When opening RNUSM, once a license is close to expiration, the operator is notified
throughout a warning message. The default number of days is seven, but the operator can
customize this value. The warning can be closed, but after 24 hours, if RNUSM is still
open, it reapears.
To view the status of the licences, a new option: Temporary License(s) Browser, was
added in the General menu of RNUSM. From this new window, the operator can also
customize the number of days before expiration, for which to be notified.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

RNUSM: Optional Features.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Warning Message for Optional Features License Expiry Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
54 Mini RRH 1800
54
Mini RRH 1800 Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Mini RRH 1800.
Contents
Mini RRH Overview 54-1

Description 54-2
Parameters 54-3
Mini RRH Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Mini RRH 1800 Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The Mini RRH 1800 (RRH20-18L) is a remote radio header. It contains all necessary
items to provide a full BTS function except the functions of a central module (common
O&M, clock generation and network interface). It includes power conditioning and
conversion, GSM baseband and signalling processing, RF up/down conversion, power
amplification, RF duplexing. It is based on:
• One power amplify in smaller size (1PA)
• Lower output power than MC-RRH
• One sector
• Up to 6 TRX
• MCPA technology
It supports:
• Antenna diversity
• A5/1, A5/2, A5/3 ciphering algorithms and A5/0 (no algorithm)
• Dynamic Power Voltage Adjustment (DPVA)
• Dynamic Power Allocation (DPA)
• Speech codes: FR, HR, EFR, AMR
• Radio frequency hopping: standard and pseudo baseband
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS equipped with SUMX 19 inches boards.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Mini RRH 1800 Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Mini RRH 1800 Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Station - Corrective Maintenance Handbook
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
55 55 MFS GP Reset
9130
duration reduction to
decrease PS service
interruption
9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS service
interruption Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of 9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease
PS service interruption feature.
Contents
9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS service interruption 55-2

Overview
Description 55-2
Parameters 55-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS 9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS
service interruption service interruption Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS service

interruption Overview
Overview
This feature is available for TDM, starting with B12.2Ed2 and for IP, starting with
B12.Ed3.
Description
Overview
This feature introduces a manual control to select the 9130 MFS reset mechanism to be
used in case of faulty boards. If the flag spare4556 is set to 1, the reset_all (which has a
shorter PS outage period than reset_data) will be executed for all resets, except for three
cases:
• when the GP software is heterogeneous
• when the faulty GP has a cross connection
• when the GP board types are mixed.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section 9130 MFS GP Reset
duration reduction to decrease PS service interruption.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS Parameters
service interruption
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
MFS Evolution - IMT User Guide, sections:
• MFS Window Attributes
• MFS Set Attributes Window.
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9130 MFS GP Reset duration reduction to decrease PS Applicable Documents
service interruption
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
56 Ir over PTN
56
Ir over PTN Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Ir over PTN (IroPTN) feature.
Contents
Ir over PTN Overview 56-1

Description 56-2
Parameters 56-6
Ir over PTN Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2 Ed2.1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ir over PTN Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
In a distributed BTS configuration, the controller (SUMX) and the radio components
(RRHs) are connected with a dedicated fiber optic cable. This link carries the
telecommunication traffic, enables the signalling to be performed and assures that the
clock and the phase of the modules are in sync.
An alternative to having dedicated fiber optic cables is to use a Packet Transport Network
(PTN).
Ir over PTN feature enables a distributed BTS to use a PTN network in order to connect
the SUMX and the RRHs.
Packet Transport Network (PTN)

Packet transport network is an integrated transport network. It supports
connection-oriented packet transport with tunnel protection and QoS guarantee
mechanism. This type of network is capable of handling different granularity traffic for an
end-to-end transport.
PTN is mainly located in the current provision of Layer 2 of the business, including
E1/ATM Simulation services, E-Line/E-LAN/E-Tree services such as Ethernet.
Two technologies are currently available for PTNs:
• Multiprotocol Label Switching Transport Profile (MPLS-TP)
• Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE)
Configurations
The following configurations of distributed BTS are supported with the IroPTN feature:
• one SUMX with up to 6 RRHs in a chain
• one SUMX with up to 6 RRHs in a chain and OLC (One Logical Cell) feature enabled
• one SUMX with up to 6 RRHs in mixed mode: 2 chains with 3 RRHs per chain
(available with B12.2 edition 3)
• one SUMX with up to 6 RRHs in mixed mode: 3 chains with 2 RRHs per chain
(available with B12.2 edition 3)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 56-1 Distributed BTS: one SUMX with 6 RRHs in a chain
Figure 56-2 Distributed BTS: one SUMX with 6 RRHs in a chain and OLC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 56-3 Distributed BTS: one SUMX with 2 chains (3 RRHs per chain)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 56-4 Distributed BTS: one SUMX with 3 chains (2 RRHs per chain)
Synchronizations options
The IroPTN feature offers two synchronization types between the SUMX and the RRHs.
The synchronization mode can be changed by modifying the value of the
IRoPTN_PTP_SYNCHRO parameter with one of the following values:
• Not Supported (the distributed BTS does not support IroPTN feature)
• SumRrhIrOFiber (the distributed BTS supports IroPTN, but the feature is not
activated)
• SumRrhIrOPtnPtpMaster (the IroPTN feature is activated on the distributed BTS
and the phase and frequency are provided by the PTN network)
• SumRrhIrOPtnSumPtpMaster (the IroPTN feature is activated on the distributed
BTS and the phase is provided by the SUMX and the frequency is provided by the
PTN network)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ir over PTN Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• Distributed BTS equipped with
– SUMX19 Inch board
– RRH2x40 board
• PTN Network.
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Ir over PTN.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
FN_OFFSET_TIME_SYNCHRO
IRoPTN_PTP_SYNCHRO New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ir over PTN Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base
Station - BTS NEM User Guide, section Change Ir Over Ptn Settings.
OMC HMI Updates

BSSUSM: Modify BTS Remote Settings, Remote Settings.
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Ir over PTN Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
57 57
Confirmation Dialog for
Risky Operations
Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations
feature.
Contents
Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Overview 57-2

Description 57-2
Parameters 57-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
This feature introduces confirmation messages for all risky operations that can be
performed by the operator, not only for those which lead to call termination. In order to
proceed with the action, the operator has to acknowledge the warning message.
The main categories of operations for which the warning message was implemented are:
• lock / reset boards under BSC / BTS / TC
• lock / shut down / reset of functions
• lock of TPs (A / Ater)
• lock PMC
• lock GPRS
• lock / unlock BTS
• lock GSL
• disable BSC / OMC link supervision
• TC purge.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
There are no LMT updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Confirmation Dialog for Risky Operations Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Surveillance Handbook
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
58 58
Small Packet Detection
(Simplified Solution)
Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the “Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution)”
feature.
Contents
Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Overview 58-2

Description 58-2
Parameters 58-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
The feature allows the allocation of radio timeslots based on packet size detection.
In the case of high traffic with small packets, SPD greatly improves PDCH efficiency.
Under high traffic load, one PDCH is allocated to all TBFs at start. If the packet size is
over the threshold of a "small packet", there will be a switch to the maximum PDCH
capability according to UE, which will be used until the end of TBF.
In simplified solution:
• There are two levels of packet size detection: small and long
• SPD uses the same activation flag and license key as Increased weight for the
common long TBF..
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional and based on TRX PS capable quantity.
- For specific information about the feature activation, refer to: Alcatel-Lucent Base
Station Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Small Packet
Detection (Simplified Solution).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_RTS_ALLOC_ON_PACKET_SIZE(OMC) New
EN_LONG_TBF_WEIGHT(MFS) Modified

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

RNUSM: Edit Cell, GPRS, Radio Res. Ctrl.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Small Packet Detection (Simplified Solution) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
59 59 lightRadio TRDU 2x60
9742
B3 & B8
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the following features:
• 158877 - GSM support of MC-TRDU 900
• 158879 - GSM support of MC-TRDU 1800
• 150821 - MC-TRDU 900 1PA 2G + 1PA 3G (119185)
Contents
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Overview 59-2

Description 59-2
Parameters 59-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Overview

Overview
Note: These features are available starting with B12.2.ed3
Description
Overview
The 9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 is a local MC-RH. It provides together with
the central module, a cabinet and a power distribution, necessary items for a full macro
BTS
The MC TRDU means Multi Carrier Tranceiver and Duplexer Unit.
The 9742 lightRadio TRDU covers the requirements of GSM, WCDMA and LTE
technologies.
The 9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 variant:
• B3 serves GSM 1800 band
• B8 serves EGSM 900 band.
The main module features are:
• TRDU2x60-18 is a transceiver AND a duplexer unit which can be mounted in indoor
and outdoor macro BTS
• Repackaging of MC-RRH but different housing and PA pallet (2x60W)
• Size is 19“ 2U high. Allows mounting in whatever cabinet type (e.g. standard 19“
racks, EVOLIUM racks, lightRadio™ Cabinet Portfolio, competitors cabinet)
• Self contained unit with : Own temperature control, front-back cooling
• All connectors are on front side (DC 48V, RF, CPRI, HSO, external alarms, AISG)
• TRDU2x60-18 can be stacked up to the thermal- or DC power- limit of the rack
• 2 Multi Carrier Power Amplifier at 60W.
Within MCPA the carriers are combined before the conversion to an analogue signal.
The analogue signal, the sum of several carriers, is then amplified through one single
PA.
• The MC TRDU RIT names are:
– nmxa09 (391), -- Nineteen inch TRDU Multi Carrier Dual PA Version A
Frequency 900 MHz
– nmsa09 (392), -- Nineteen inch TRDU Multi Carrier Single PA Version A
Frequency 900 MHz
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
– nmca09 (393), -- Nineteen inch TRDU Multi Carrier Coupled Version A
Frequency 900 MHz
– nmxa18 (394), -- Nineteen inch TRDU Multi Carrier Dual PA Version A
Frequency 1800 MHz
– nmsa18 (395), -- Nineteen inch TRDU Multi Carrier Single PA Version A
Frequency 1800 MHz
– nmca18 (396), -- Nineteen inch TRDU Multi Carrier Coupled Version A
Frequency 1800 MHz.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9100 BTS (Evolium standard), standard 19“ racks, lightRadio Cabinet Portfolio,
competitors cabinet
• BTS equipped with SUMX 19 inches / d2u board.
One TRDU2x60 serves one sector. It encompasses all the functionalities of an RRH.
On one SUMX 19 inches board the limits are:
• 12 9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 in ring or chain configuration
• 3 9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 in star configuration.
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9711/9712 lightRadio Cabinet - Commissioning Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 1800Mhz Standalone Installation
Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 1800Mhz Technical Description
• Alcatel-Lucent 9742 lightRadio TRDU Commissioning Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9712 lightRadio Outdoor Cabinet - Technical Description.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent 9711 lightRadio Indoor Cabinet - Technical Description
• Alcatel-Lucent 9712 lightRadio Outdoor Cabinet - Maintenance Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent 9711 lightRadio Indoor Cabinet - Maintenance Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent 9711 lightRadio Indoor Cabinet - Site Preparation Guidelines
• Alcatel-Lucent 9711 lightRadio Indoor Cabinet - Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9712 lightRadio Outdoor Cabinet - Site Preparation Guidelines
• Alcatel-Lucent 9712 lightRadio Outdoor Cabinet - Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent TRDU - Site Preparation Guidelines
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Reconfigure TRE/Sectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9742 lightRadio TRDU 2x60 B3 & B8 Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
60 OLC Enhancements
60
OLC Enhancements Introduction

Purpose
The following sub-features are developed through OLC Enhancements:
• 163311 - Support of 3 OLC with 6 MC-RRH in mixed configuration
• 163316 - Intelligent DL power control based on the UL signal level in each MC-RRH
of One Logical Cell.
Contents
OLC Enhancements Overview 60-2

Description 60-2
Parameters 60-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OLC Enhancements OLC Enhancements Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OLC Enhancements Overview

Overview
Note: The Support of 3 OLC with 6 MC-RRH in mixed configuration feature is
available starting with B12.2.ed3
The Intelligent DL power control based on the UL signal level in each MC-RRH
feature is available starting with B12.2.ed4
Description
Overview
One Logical Cell brief values:
• One Logical Cell configuration is used for long distance deployments such as along
side railroad tracks or highways
• Each Logical Cell consists of a number of receive/transmit sites and has a number of
TRX. Each TRX is supported in each receive/transmit site (MC-RH)
• The OLC provides a larger coverage than a cell on a single MC-RH, without
increasing capacity and with the reduction of accumulated outage time during a call
• The mobile does not do a handover between receive/transmit sites
• The receive/transmit site, the MC-RH supported HW is MC RRH, mini-RRH or MC
TRDU
• The BTS is in coverage mode
• The OLC is incompatible with Location Services feature.
Support of 3 OLC with 6 MC-RRH in mixed configuration particularities:
• A mixture of star and chain configuration is used when more than one MC-RRH is
required per sector, due to output power design constraints, site's RRH dispatching
constraints or resilience (one dedicated link per sector).
• The mixed configuration of Chain and Star configurations supported by SUMX19
inches relationships are:
– 3 Chain via 3 HSO interface are possible
– Up to 3 MC-RRH in each Chain are supported
– One Chain becomes one OLC. Totally 3 OLC with these 3 chain and 6 MC-RRH
are supported.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OLC Enhancements Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intelligent DL power control based on the UL signal level in each MC-RRH
particularities:
• Decreased UL interference, Decreased power consumption and Easy and Flexible
network optimization
• Selective DL transmission of RRH , power attenuation value can be set in single RRH
and the TA filter threshold can be set per RRH
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The OLC feature is supported only with:
• BTS equipped with SUMX 19 inches board
• BTS equipped with MC RRH, mini-RRH, MC TRDU
• Particularly the 3 OLC with 6 MC-RRH in mixed configuration sub-feature is
supported only with BTS equipped with MC RRH.
Feature Activation
Overview
There is no specific activation scenario for the feature Support of 3 OLC with 6 MC-RRH
in mixed configuration.
The feature Intelligent DL power control based on the UL signal level in each MC-RRH
is commercially optional and managed at BSS level by RRH_TXPWR_ATTENUATION
and RRH_RACH_TA_FILTER parameters.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Intelligent DL Power
Control Based on the UL Signal Level in Each MC-RRH of an One Logical Cell.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OLC Enhancements Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Available only for “Intelligent DL power control based on the UL signal level in each
MC-RRH of One Logical Cell” feature.
Name New/Modified
RRH_RACH_TA_FILTER New
RRH_TXPWR_ATTENUATION New

Overview
There are no counter and indicator modifications for feature Support of 3 OLC with 6
MC-RRH in mixed configuration.

Intelligent DL power control based on the UL signal level in each MC-RRH of One Logical Cell
MC16xx NB_DISCARDED_CHN_REQD_ACCESS
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base
Station - BTS NEM User Guide.
OMC HMI Updates

BSSUSM: Modify BTS Remote Settings, Remote Settings, MC Module Configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OLC Enhancements Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation and Maintenance Center Radio | B12 Online Help
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OLC Enhancements Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
61 61
OMC-R Applications
Migration on Linux/x86
OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86
feature.
Contents
OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 Overview 61-2

Description 61-2
Parameters 61-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
The feature describes the behavior of the 9153 OMC-R applications on a new platform
based on the HP DL380p machine that has an x86 processor architecture, running on
RedHat Linux operating system. It offers enhanced performance and configuration
flexibility.
The HP ILO4 firmware provides a way to remotely configure, update and operate the HP
DL380p servers through the integrated secure Remote Console and web interface.
For the Linux OMC-R, the following configurations are available:
• XXLarge - composed of 1 Master host (HP DL380p) and 2 Agent hosts (HP DL380p)
• XLarge - composed of 1 Master host (HP DL380p) and 1 Agent host (HP DL380p)
• LRG1 (HP DL380p)
• LRG2 (HP DL380p)
• Large HMI server (HP DL380p)
The X.25 interface, needed in the case of G2 BSCs, is now carried out by using two
Microtronix Access 4000 X.25-TCP/IP Gateways per host.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with OMC-R on HP DL380p.
The Master host, Agent(s) and HMI(s) can be installed either on SUN or on HP DL380p
machines.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Evolutions, section Linux 9153 OMC-R IconBox Start Icon.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Applications Migration on Linux/x86 Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - Software - B12/B12 9153 OMC-R Software Replacement
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - Software - B11/B12 9153 OMC-R Software Migration
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - Cables - Cabling Description for HP Servers
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Re-route MFS/BSS
O Traffic between Different 9153 OMC-R
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Reconfigure Platform
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - OAM - Legato Installation and User Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Acceptance Tests
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
62 62
lightRadio 9711 Indoor
Base Station
lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station.
Contents
lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station Overview 62-1

Description 62-2
Parameters 62-3
lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2.ed2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station is a multi-standard cabinet designed to support
2G-GSM, and/or 3G-WCDMA and/or 4G-LTE. It is based on the lightRadio Base Station
family.
The lightRadio Base Station family offers flexibility to support:
• Compact and Small Base Stations (according to site constraints and configuration
required)
• Any 2G, 3G and 4G configurations (or any mix)
• Distributed and integrated configurations (RRH or macro RF assets or any mix)
• AC or DC power supply.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS equipped with:
• MC TRE/ TWIN TRA
• MC RRH
• MC TRDU
• SUMX 19 inches / d2u board (W-CDMA 9926 BBU 4U, W-CDMA 9926 BBU 2U,
LTE 9926 BBU).
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - General Safety Instructions for Node B / BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Add TRE to Equipped BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Delete TRE from Equipped BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Merge Cells into Multiband/Monoband Cells on BTS
OMC-R
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Free Abis Port
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Same Abis Port
BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Attach Abis for Multiple Abis Configuration
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Detach Abis for Multiple Abis Configuration
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711/9712 Base Station - Commissioning Manual
Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station - Technical Description
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station - Maintenance Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station - Site Preparation Guidelines
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station - Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711/9712 Base Station - Reconfigure TRDU/Sectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
63 63
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor
Base Station
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station.
Contents
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Overview 63-1

Description 63-2
Parameters 63-3
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2.ed3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station is a multi-standard BS designed to support
2G-GSM, and/or 3G-WCDMA and/or 4G-LTE. It is based on the lightRadio Base Station
family.
The lightRadio Base Station family offers flexibility to support:
• Compact and Small Base Stations (according to site constraints and configuration
required)
• Any 2G, 3G and 4G configurations (or any mix)
• Distributed and integrated configurations (RRH or macro RF assets or any mix)
• AC or DC power supply.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
This feature is supported with:
• MC RRH
• MC TRDU
• SUMX 19 inches / d2u board (W-CDMA 9926 BBU 4U, LTE 9926 BBU).
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - General Safety Instructions for Node B / BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Add TRE to Equipped BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Delete TRE from Equipped BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Merge Cells into Multiband/Monoband Cells on BTS
OMC-R
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Free Abis Port
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Same Abis Port
BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Attach Abis for Multiple Abis Configuration
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station - Detach Abis for Multiple Abis Configuration
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711/9712 Base Station -Commissioning Manual
Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station - Technical Description.
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station - Maintenance Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station - Site Preparation Guidelines
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station - Installation Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711/9712 Base Station - Reconfigure TRDU/Sectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
64 64 Support of
BTS
Synchronous Ethernet
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet (SyncE)
feature.
Contents
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Overview 64-2

Description 64-2
Parameters 64-5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
A functional BTS must be synchronized in order to work properly, for this there are two
types of BTS synchronizations, as follows:
• frequency synchronization
• time synchronization (or network synchronization of radio timeslots) which reduces
the radio interferences and there so increases network capacity and throughput
It is important to notice that the frequency synchronizations can be obtain from the time
synchronization, but the time synchronizations cannot be obtain from the frequency
synchronizations.
There are several solutions to obtain the BTS synchronization:
• E1 Synchro (frequency synchronizations) - requires a TDM network
• NTP (time synchronizations)
• GPS (time synchronizations) - requires a GPS module
• SynchE (Synchronous Ethernet) (time synchronizations) - requires an Ethernet
network
The synchronizations of the BTS via the Synchronous Ethernet (or for short SyncE)
solution is the focus of this feature.
Synchronous Ethernet Description

In a network with TDM BTSs the frequency synchronization is done via the PCM links
using the Abis E1 link. But if IP BTSs are deployed in the network, the synchronization
via the PCM links cannot be performed any more as this type of BTSs are connected via
an IP over Ethernet network.
A solution to obtain both the time and frequency synchronizations is to use the
Synchronous Ethernet synchronizations. This type of synchronization is transmitted via
the physical layer of the Ethernet network.
Synchronous Ethernet can be used only for frequency synchronization (according to
accuracy constraints).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In Synchronous Ethernet, frequency is transferred over a communication link simply as
the timing of the bits in the line. This presupposes that the transmitting port transmits
continuously. This clock mechanism is almost the same as that of traditional SDH
network.
Frequency transfer using synchronous Ethernet

Synchronous Ethernet is defined by ITU as a means of using Ethernet to transfer timing
(frequency) via the Ethernet physical layer.
Synchronization status messages (SSM) are required to allow the downstream element
that requires synchronization to know the quality (QL code) of the upstream clock. The
synchronization message is "pushed" from device to device that supports synchronous
Ethernet. At each device that supports synchronous Ethernet, the message is processed
and acted upon. The message set is than remade and passed to the next downstream
element.
Figure 64-1 BSS network with Synchronous Ethernet
Special backhaul transport equipment are needed in order to support SyncE, along the
whole chain from clock source up to the BTS.
A basic principle within Alcatel-Lucent BSS is that Ethernet connectivity has the highest
priority: if synchronous Ethernet is not operational, than another BTS synchronization
mode has to be used, but Ethernet connectivity should not be restricted
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Synchronization mode priority
BTS synchronization modes are ordered accordingly to their priority:
1. GPS
2. SyncE
3. NTP
4. PCM
5. Free running
The following table shows the availability of each synchronizations solutions with the
TDM and IP BTSs .
GPS SyncE NTP PCM Free

running
TDM BTS x x x
IP BTS x x x x x
(only for E1 synchro on
Ethernet BTS)
Clock Quality
Globally, Synchronous Ethernet has a limited offset range of 4.6 ppm in holdover unlike
the (native) IEEE 802.3 Ethernet limit of 100 ppm. There are two different set of ITU
standards defines the clock quality codes: G8262 and G781
In normal networks where a PRC is used to generate the SyncE frequency, and all
networks elements are correctly propagating this SyncE frequency, the GSM BTS (like
the WCDMA NB and the LTE eNB) will get SSM QL = PRC = 0x2.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with GSM IP BTS equipped with SUMX board.
The network to which the BTSs are attached must support the transmission of the SyncE
specific messages. Also a reference clock must be attached to the network and configured
to transmit synchronization messages towards the network elements that are attached to
the network.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section BTS Support of
Synchronous Ethernet .
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
SyncE-Synchronised New
Effective-Synch-Mode

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• BSSUSM: Create BTS, Advanced
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS Support of Synchronous Ethernet Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Change IP Address Plan
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
65 65
Password Dictionary
Checking
Password Dictionary Checking Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the Password Dictionary Checking feature.
Contents
Password Dictionary Checking Overview 65-1

Description 65-2
Parameters 65-3
Password Dictionary Checking Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Password Dictionary Checking Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature updates the Password Policy Management on OMC-R by adding the
Password Dictionary Checking option in the Administration facilities window. This
option can be turned on/off and allows additional checks to be performed on newly set
passwords.
When the Password Dictionary Checking status is on, any new password must comply
with the following rule: it must not be a word included in the English password dictionary
file.
If the new password does not comply to these rules, an error message is displayed and the
user must enter a new password. The checks for these rules are performed when the user
resets/changes the password or a new user is created with the possibility of password
changing. If the Password Dictionary Checking status is off, then the OMC-R check
syntax (set when the user creates a new password policy) will be enforced depending on
how is set: on or off. If both Password Dictionary Checking and OMC-R Check Syntax
are off and also Password Change is off for a new user, then no check is enforced during
OMC-R login and the new user is allowed to login with the password set/reset by the
administrator.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Password Dictionary
Checking.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Password Dictionary Checking Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Administration Facilities: Password Dictionary Checking.
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Password Dictionary Checking Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
66 OMC-R Log Management
66
OMC-R Log Management Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the OMC-R Log Management feature.
Contents
OMC-R Log Management Overview 66-1

Description 66-2
Parameters 66-3
OMC-R Log Management Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Log Management Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The following system logs from each OMC-R machine: Master, Agent and HMI are
created locally:
• /var/adm/messages
• /var/log/sysmsg
• /var/log/mail.log
• /var/log/lpr.log
• /var/log/authlog
• /var/log/alarms
The activity of each user connected to the OMC-R can be logged in a log file:
/var/log/useractivity.log
The following OMC-R applications send messages to this log file:
• BSSUSM
• RNUSM
• MFSUSM
• DCNUSM
• OBSAL
• ADMINISTRATION FACILITIES
• UFM
• DSM.
The /var/log/useractivity.log can be created locally on the Master and HMI.
The system logs and the user activity log from the OMC-R are managed locally and they
can also be sent to a remote logging machine.
By changing the configuration in the log management files, the following customizations
can be performed:
• Log size
• Log age
• Number of log files
• Pre or post rotate commands.
A new menu: Remote Logging Server Management was added to Administration
Facilities -> Configuration, to allow the user to set the usage of a logging machine.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Log Management Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
To use this feature, refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio -
Network Administration Handbook, OMC-R Log Management section.
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to theAlcatel-Lucent 9153
• Administration Facilities: Configuration, Remote Logging Server Management
• Administration Facilities: Configuration, Remote Logging Server Management,
Logging Server Status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Log Management LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Administration Facilities: Configuration, Remote Logging Server Management, Set
Logging Server
• Administration Facilities: Configuration, Remote Logging Server Management, Unset
Logging Server
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
67 67 Redundancy
TC
(Automatic Mode)
TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) feature.
Contents
TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) Overview 67-1

Description 67-2
Parameters 67-3
TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) Overview

Overview
Note: Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2ed4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature is designed to re-route the traffic of the BTSs in case of TC failure.
When a TC goes out of service, the BSC starts automatically to reassign all BTSs
(previously connected to the faulty TC) to redundant TCs without any BTS restart.
The whole BSS area will remain in service in case of TC failure, but with limited
capacity.
Note: If the signalling interface between the BSC and the MSC is configured with TC
resources, then the feature is efficient only if the signaling resources are distributed on
several TCs.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9100 BTS and Distributed BTS
• 9125 Transcoder.
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC
Evolution - Terminal User Guide, section Display BTS Primary TC Map.
OMC HMI Updates

BSSUSM: Display BTS-TC Map.
Overview
The documents impacted by this feature are
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
TC Redundancy (Automatic Mode) Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
68 68
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR
GSM/LTE and GSM only
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only
feature.
Contents
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only Overview 68-2

Description 68-2
Parameters 68-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
Note: in LTE this module is referred as RRH2x60-18-4R.
The SB-RRH (Single Band-Remote Radio Head) is an LTE/GSM dual technology remote
RF (Radio Frequency) module. The SB-RRH is capable of multistandard on same PA
(Power Amplifier). It has the following characteristics:
• Dual duplex antenna ports
• 60 W maximum transmit power per equipment on each antenna connector
• Two 60 Ethernet ports used for GSM baseband and control connections
• Two CPRI ports use for LTE baseband and control connections
• One sector per module
• Up to 6 TRX
• 1800 MHz
• 3 new RIT types corresponding to the new SB-RRH: rmxb18 (445), rmxc18 (446),
rmxd18 (447).
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS equipped with SUMX 19 inches board.
The One Logical Cell (Coverage Mode) is not supported.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT updates, please refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Base
Station - BTS NEM User Guide, section Multicarrier Settings.
OMC HMI Updates

Evolutions, section BSSUSM: Main View.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
RRH2x60-B3 in MSR GSM/LTE and GSM only Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
BTS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Distributed Base Station - SPP 68 - Specification for
Alcatel-Lucent 9100 Distributed BTS Solution (MC-RRH2x40 & SUMX19”)
• Alcatel-Lucent RRH2x60-18-4R - Site Preparation Guidelines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
69 MOCN
69
MOCN Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of MOCN feature.
Contents
MOCN Overview 69-1

Description 69-2
Parameters 69-3
MOCN Overview
Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MOCN Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
2 or more (max 5) Operators can share physically a part or the whole of their Radio
Access Network, the licensed spectrum, but do not share any Core Network Node. The
basic characteristics of a MOCN (Multiple Operator Core Network) are:
• The BSS is fully and globally shared. No dedicated spectrum per operator.
• The BSS chooses the MSC/SGSN based on adapted A and Gb Flex algorithms, the
choice of the Core node being based on mobile subscription (and not on MSC/SGSN
considerations as with A and Gb Flex).
• Only one PLMN-ID is broadcasted.
• The shared Cells network infrastructure is managed by a single entity (one of the
operators, a Joint-Venture, or a third-party).
• All cells of a Location Area belonging to the shared network are shared.
• No impacts on mobiles.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9130 MFS Evolution.
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional and controlled per TRX quantity by the following
parameter: EN_MOCN_NO_UE_IMPACT .
Subsystem - Activate/Deactivate Multiple Operator Core Network.
Note: The following features are mandatory conditions:
• A Flex (for CS), EN_A_FLEX control parameter
• Gb Flex (for PS), EN_GB_FLEX control parameter
• A Sig over IP, EN_ASIG_OVER_IP control parameter
• 512 MGW IP @ support in AoIP mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MOCN Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_MOCN_NO_UE_IMPACT (BSC) New
EN_MOCN_NO_UE_IMPACT (MFS) New
NB_CN_OPERATORS (BSC) New
NB_CN_OPERATORS (MFS) New
CN_OPERATOR__MCC (BSC) i=1..5 New
CN_OPERATOR__MNC (BSC) i=1..5 New
CN_OPERATOR__MCC (MFS) i=1..5 New
CN_OPERATOR__MNC (MFS) i=1..5 New
CN_OPERATOR_DEFAULT (BSC) New
CN_OPERATOR_DEFAULT (MFS) New
CN_OPERATOR__NULL_NRI i=1..5 New
CN_OPERATOR__NULL_NRI_PS i=1..5 New
SGSN_MCC New
SGSN_MNC New
T_REDIRECT (BSC) New
T_REDIRECT (MFS) New
MASK_NRI_CN_OPERATORS (BSC) New
MASK_NRI_CN_OPERATORS (MFS) New
CN_OPERATOR__PLMNName New
MSC_PLMNName New
SGSN_PLMNName New
MSC_MCC Modified
MSC_MNC Modified
MCC (BSC)/(MFS) Modified
MNC (BSC)/(MFS) Modified
BSC-OwnPLMN Modified
Cell-PLMNName Modified
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MOCN Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
deployment.

ID
P600 NB_REDIRECT_ATTEMPT
P601 NB_REDIRECT_COMMAND
P602 NB_REDIRECT_COMMAND_CS_PS_COORD
P603 NB_REDIRECT_COMPLETE
P604 NB_REDIRECT_COMPLETE_MS_NOT_ACCEPTED
P605 NB_REDIRECT_COMPLETE_MS_ALREADY_REG
MC1700 TIME_A_CHANNELS_MSC_BUSY
MC1701 NB_REDIRECT_ATTEMPT
MC1702 NB_REDIRECT_COMMAND
MC1703 NB_REDIRECT_COMMAND_CS_PS_COORD
MC1704 NB_REDIRECT_COMPLETE
MC1705 NB_REDIRECT_COMPLETE_ MS_NOT ACCEPTED
MC1706 NB_REDIRECT_COMPLETE_ MS_ALREADY_REG
MC1707… Provision
MC1716
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MOCN LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Evolutions, sections:
• RNUSM: Edit BSS Telecom Parameters, Interworking, MOCN
• MFSUSM: Configuration, GB, BSS-GB-config, Edit Gb Flex parameters
• MFSUSM: Configuration, GB, Edit, Add/Modify NSE
• BSSUSM: Parameters
• RNUSM: Change CGI: External 2G Cell
• RNUSM: Change own PLMN: BSC.
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Activate/Deactivate Multiple Operator Core
Network
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Delete GP from 9130 MFS Evolution for a
Multi GP BSS
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Add GP in 9130 MFS Evolution for Multi GP
BSS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MOCN Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Move BSS, Different SGSN
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Move Direct CS Link into Mixed CS / GPRS
Link
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Reconfigure BSC/MSC
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Modify Logical Parameter Using MLU
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - PLMN Update
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
70 70CCCHs Enhancement -
4
paging rate & type of
signalling channel
4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling

channel Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of 4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of
signalling channel feature.
Contents
4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling channel Overview 70-2
Description 70-2
Parameters 70-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling 4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling
channel channel Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling

channel Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
This feature is an improvement of the B11 feature 4 CCCH Time Slots in a Cell. Through
it, the TRX TS status in USD indicates the type of signaling channel: BCCH, CCCH or
SDCCH.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with 9130 BSC Evolution .
Feature Activation
Overview
This feature is not optional, therefore there is no specific activation scenario. It becomes
active if the 4 CCCH Time Slots in a Cell feature is activated.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling Parameters
channel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

BSSUSM: USD, Cell Overview, Cell Report.
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
4 CCCHs Enhancement - paging rate & type of signalling Applicable Documents
channel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
71 71
Additional Filters in
RNUSM External 3G Cells
Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells
feature.
Contents
Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Overview 71-2

Description 71-2
Parameters 71-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
This feature introduces three new filtering criteria based on the Telecom Cell
Identification parameters for 3G external cells:
• RNC_ID
• CI_3G
• LAC_3G
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

RNUSM: External 3G Cell Filter.
Overview
Graphical Evolutions is impacted by this feature.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Additional Filters in RNUSM External 3G Cells Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
72 72
Automated Script for
Modifying OMC-R IP
Address
Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Address Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP
Address feature.
Contents
Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Addresses Overview 72-2

Description 72-2
Parameters 72-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Address Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Addresses
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Addresses Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
This feature brings a new and simpler way of changing the OMC-R IP address. A new
script was developed for this and it replaces all the manual modification of the OMC-R
files. The modification of the OMC-R IP address becomes easier, safer and faster then
before.
The script developed for the OMC-R IP address change is: /alcatel/omc3/script/
modify_OMC_IP.pl. This script can be used to change the IP address of Master, Agent
and HMI.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Address Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Administration Handbook.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Automated Script for Modifying OMC-R IP Address Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
73 73 Redesign to Sustain to
SSW
2020 for 9130 BSC
SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC
feature.
Contents
SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Overview 73-2

Description 73-2
Parameters 73-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
The 9130 BSC Evolution architecture includes several functional boards, which are
designed to perform specific tasks like: processing, packaging, routing and so on. From
all of these tasks, the routing task is assigned to the switch (SSW) boards.
With this feature a newer version of these switches is introduced. They are called
FMAXGB and ROETHAA.
The FMAXGB board replaces the previous switch board called JBXSSW and the
ROETHAA replaces the JAXSSW.
To find out more about these new boards refer to the dedicated sections located in the
following document: Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Hardware Description
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

BSSUSM: Main View.
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Upgrade Handbook
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
SSW Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
74 74 Redesign to Sustain to
CCP
2020 for 9130 BSC
CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC
feature.
Contents
CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Overview 74-2

Description 74-2
Parameters 74-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
With this feature a newer version of CCP board is introduced. It is called JBXCCP2.
The JBXCCP2 board replaces the previous CCP board called JBXCCP.
To find out more about this new board refer to the dedicated section located in the
following document: Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Hardware Description.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Evolutions, section BSSUSM: Main View Window.
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Upgrade Handbook
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
CCP Redesign to Sustain to 2020 for 9130 BSC Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
75 75
Capacity improvement on
Boosted GP - step1 (Ater
GCH Equity per GP Step 2)
Capacity improvement on Boosted GP - step1 (Ater GCH

Equity per GP Step 2) Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of the feature.
Contents
Capacity improvement on Boosted GP – step1 (Ater GCH Equity per GP Step 2) 75-2
Overview
Description 75-2
Parameters 75-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Capacity improvement on Boosted GP - step1 (Ater GCH Capacity improvement on Boosted GP – step1 (Ater GCH
Equity per GP Step 2) Equity per GP Step 2) Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Capacity improvement on Boosted GP – step1 (Ater GCH

Equity per GP Step 2) Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
Ater GCH Equity per GP is a new mechanism that forces the reallocation of GCH from
some TRX to other TRX, at GP level.
The main goal of Ater GCH equity per GP is to use the Ater GCH resource in a more
efficient way.
An anticipation mode which increases the GCH allocation to TRX for which the real
GCH usage is near congestion, consolidate the reactive mode already introduced with the
step 1 of the Ater GCH equity per GP feature.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
This feature is available for JBXGP3 boards.
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Capacity improvement
on Boosted GP – step1 (Ater GCH Equity per GP Step 2).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Capacity improvement on Boosted GP - step1 (Ater GCH Parameters
Equity per GP Step 2)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
ATER_GCH_EQUITY_USAGE_ACTIVATION_THRESHOLD New
EN_ATER_GCH_EQUITY (former FLAG_ATER_GCH_ Modified
EQUITY)
ATER_GCH_EQUITY_TIMER Modified
ATER_GCH_EQUITY_NB_LOWEST_TRX Modified
ATER_GCH_EQUITY_MARGIN Modified
EN_2G_To_3G_Cell_Reselection Modified
Ater_Usage_Threshold Modified

Overview
The following counters are new:

ID
P88a ATER_EQUITY_MIN_RATIO_GPU_GCH_NEEDS
P88b ATER_EQUITY_MIN_RATIO_GPU_GCH_NEEDS
P88c ATER_EQUITY_AVG_RATIO_GPU_GCH_NEEDS
The following counters are modified:

ID
P87b ATER_EQUITY_MIN_RATIO_TBF_PER_GCH
P87c ATER_EQUITY_MAX_RATIO_TBF_PER_GCH
P87d ATER_EQUITY_AVG_RATIO_TBF_PER_GCH

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Capacity improvement on Boosted GP - step1 (Ater GCH LMT/OMC HMI Updates
Equity per GP Step 2)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
The documentsimpacted by this feature is:
Recommendations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
76 SUMX19/RRH User Label
76
SUMX19/RRH User Label Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the SUMX19/RRH User Label feature.
Contents
SUMX19/RRH User Label Overview 76-1

Description 76-2
Parameters 76-2
SUMX19/RRH User Label Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
SUMX19/RRH User Label Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature is designed to permit the user to give a custom name in the OMC-R interface
to the SUMX 19 and/or the RRH (remote radio head) that forms a distributed BTS.
Custom naming a RRH or a SUMX is especially useful if they are part of an OLC (one
logical cell).
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with distributed BTS equipped with the following boards:
• SUMX 19 inch
• MC-RRH
• mini-RRH
• MC-TRDU.
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
SUMX19/RRH User Label Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• BSSUSM: Main View
Configuration
Overview
BTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
SUMX19/RRH User Label Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
77 77
BTS-TC Link Supervision in
IP BSS
BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS feature.
Contents
BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS Overview 77-1

Description 77-2
Parameters 77-3
BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2ed4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature is designed to ensure the supervision mechanism between BTS and TC.
The supervision of the BTS/TC link is handeled by the BTS.
The BTS uses the timer TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT, to send periodically the
message IPTCH_ping (the message is part of the MUXTRAUP layer).
In case of no answer received (no DL MUXTRAUP nor IPTCH_ping answer ), after 4
periodic retries, the BTS raise the alarm “IPTCH link OoO” (out of order) to inform the
operator.
The alarm “IPTCH link OoO” is cleared at the reception of MUXTRAUP or IPTCH_ping
response.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9125 Transcoder
• BTS equipped with SUMX board.
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT Modified

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
BTS-TC Link Supervision in IP BSS Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
78 78 load balancing for 9130
GP
MFS - static solutions
GP load balancing for 9130 MFS - static solutions Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the feature.
Contents
GP Load Balancing for 9130 MFS - Static Solutions Overview 78-1

Description 78-2
Parameters 78-3
GP Load Balancing for 9130 MFS - Static Solutions Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
GP load balancing for 9130 MFS - static solutions Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The feature introduces new characteristics for the BSS cells distribution over multi-GPU.
It adds a new dimension to the reshuffling algorithm, based on the usage of the existing
counters reported by the GPs, with the restriction that the old algorithm still applies in
case of a mix of GP2/GP3 associated to a BSC or the PS_CELL_LOAD_HISTORY
parameter is not completed for all cells associated to the BSC.
The MFS retrieves the CPU load for each GP and determines the highest CPU load, it
reports these CPU loads to the OMC and then at OMC, checks will be done to determine
if an unbalanced situation exists.
In case of an unbalanced situation, the OMC alerts the operator, which can decide about
the need of reshuffling the cells.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
GP load balancing for 9130 MFS - static solutions Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
TRAFFIC_WEIGHT New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• RNUSM: Show GPRS Traffic Weight
• RNUSM: Select Cells Mapped on GPU.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
GP load balancing for 9130 MFS - static solutions Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
79 79 - Improvement on
PCC
GPRS Packet QoS
management -
Allocation/retention
priority (ARP)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management -
Allocation/retention priority (ARP) Allocation/retention priority (ARP) Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management -

Allocation/retention priority (ARP) Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS
management - Allocation/retention priority feature (ARP).
Contents
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Allocation/retention 79-2

priority (ARP) Overview
Description 79-3
Parameters 79-4

Allocation/retention priority (ARP) Overview
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Description
Allocation/retention priority (ARP)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature introduces new characteristics for a PFC, according to which the BSS can
determine if a PFC should be established immediately or if the PFC creation or
modification request can be queued (e.g. in case of resources congestion). Additional
parameters indicate to the BSS if it can force the release of a lower priority PFC to serve
another one, and whether a PFC is marked as "pre-emptable" or not.
If the BSS supports the ARP feature and receives the ARP parameters from the SGSN, it
is mandatory for the BSS to consider the priority. The operator can decide on the mapping
of the different profiles on up to 12 best effort priority levels. The resulting priority is
used to schedule the TBF (either DL radio blocks or USFs) in MAC layer.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section PCC - Improvement on
GPRS Packet QoS management - Allocation/retention priority (ARP).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
ARP_HIGH _PRIORITY_TO_ PRECEDENCE_CLASS New
ARP_MEDIUM _PRIORITY_TO_ PRECEDENCE_CLASS New
ARP_LOW _PRIORITY_TO_ PRECEDENCE_CLASS New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• RNUSM: Edit BSS Telecom Parameters, GPRS, QoS, Precedence & ARP priority
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
80 80 - Improvement on
PCC
GPRS Packet QoS
management - Increased
multi-TBF per PDCH for
instant message service
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management -
Increased multi-TBF per PDCH for instant message service Increased multi-TBF per PDCH for instant message service
Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Increased multi-TBF per PDCH for instant message service
Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS
management - Increased multi-TBF per PDCH for instant message service feature.
Contents
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Increased multi-TBF 80-2

per PDCH for instant message service Overview
Description 80-3
Parameters 80-4

Overview
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
In the BSS, the maximum number of TBF per PDCH is provided by MAX_DL_TBF_SP-
DCH or MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH. The aim of this feature is for instant message TBF to
be able to go beyond these limits, while not exceeding the maximum upper range of these
parameters.
For a PDCH where an instant message TBF is allocated, a parameter sets the occupancy
rate of that TBF on the PDCH for RRM-PRH radio resources allocation. When a TBF is
to be allocated, for each PDCH, RRM-PRH estimates the total number of TBF and the
available capacity of that PDCH.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section PCC - Improvement on
GPRS Packet QoS management - Increased multi-TBF per PDCH for instant message
service.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
PCC - Improvement on GPRS Packet QoS management - Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
OCCUPANCY_RATE_TBF_INSTANT_MESSAGE New
EN_OPTIM_TBF_ALLOC_FOR_IM New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the: Alcatel-Lucent 9153
• RNUSM: Edit Cell, GPRS, QoS
• RNUSM: Network Information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
81 81 threshold for HR
Max
usage per cell
Max threshold for HR usage per cell Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Max threshold for HR usage per cell feature.
Contents
Max threshold for HR usage per Cell Overview 81-1

Description 81-2
Parameters 81-3
Max threshold for HR usage per Cell Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Max threshold for HR usage per cell Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
When AMR-HR coding is enabled in a cell, the new channel allocations are made in
AMR-HR channels as soon as the cell load increases above a configured threshold.
Moreover, the on-going AMR-FR calls may be handed-over to AMR-HR channels to free
some radio resources. As a result, in extreme load conditions all the on-going calls in the
cell will be allocated to AMR-HR channels and the cell capacity may double. When the
load increases on all the cells of a BSS the number of the AMR-HR calls in the BSS may
become very high. This can create an extreme load on the A interface.
With the Max threshold for HR usage per cell feature, the number of the maximum
AMR-HR channles per cell can be limited and so the load of the A interface can be more
preciously controlled. This is done with a new parameter called MAX_TCH_HAL-
F_RATE_PER_CELL and its value is expressed in percentage.
If the cell load is below the MAX_TCH_HALF_RATE_PER_CELL then the BSC
choose the codec type used for a new call from the preferred list of codecs supported by
the mobile station (exactly like before). Also the handover from AMR-FR to AMR-HR
channels is permitted.
If the cell load surpasses MAX_TCH_HALF_RATE_PER_CELL then the new calls
can not be allocated to a AMR-HR channel, so the codec used is one of the remaining
from the preferred list of supported codecs type for each mobile station.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Max threshold for HR usage per cell Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
For specific information about the feature activation and configuration, refer to the
Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations
document.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
MAX_TCH_HALF_RATE_PER_CELL New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

RNUSM: Edit Cell, AMR & TFO, AMR NB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Max threshold for HR usage per cell Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
82 82
Recovery Mechanism for
Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS
Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130
MFS.
Contents
Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS Overview 82-2

Description 82-2
Parameters 82-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
The feature introduce the cell re-init as an automatic recovery mechanism, thus
reinforcing the automatic defense mechanism against the sleeping cell.
If the cell re-init defense is configured, the MFS reports to the OMCR that the sleeping
cell is detected on that BSS and then the OMCR will trigger the cell re-init procedure
automatically for that cell.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Alarm Dictionary.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Recovery Mechanism for Sleeping Cell in 9130 MFS Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
83 83
OMC-R Support of sftp for
Internal and External
Interfaces
OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of the OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and
External Interfaces feature.
Contents
OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces Overview 83-2
Description 83-2
Parameters 83-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
SFTP, or the SSH File Transfer Protocol is a network protocol that provides secure file
access, secure file transfer, and secure file management functionality over any reliable
data stream.
This feature introduces the OMC-R support for SFTP, while keeping the existing FTP
services provided using the ProFTPD server. In the case of SFTP, for each ProFTPD user,
a new UNIX user is created.
The SFTP user names are based on the existing FTP ones. The naming rules are the
following:
• if the FTP user name already contains the ftp suffix, the new sftp suffix is used instead
• if the FTP user name does not contain the ftp suffix, the new sftp suffix is just added
to it.
The general characteristics of the SFTP users are:
• their home directory is /var/sftp/<user name>
• their group is <sftpgroup>, which is a new one
• each home directory is accessible only to its owner and a list of empty directories is
created based on the entries found in /alcatel/var/share/AFTR for the corresponding
FTP user.
The OMC-R's Administration Facilities application includes user management facilities
for the SFTP accounts:
• password change
• enable account
• disable account
The accounts can be configured on the Master OMC-R only.
The FTP services can be disabled, for security reasons, by accessing SVC Configuration
from Administration Facilities -> Configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• Administration Facilities: Administration, SFTP User Management, Change SFTP
User Password
• Administration Facilities: Administration, SFTP User Management, Enable/Disable
SFTP Users
• Administration Facilities: Configuration, SVC Configuration
• Administration Facilities: Administration, SFTP User Management
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
OMC-R Support of sftp for Internal and External Interfaces Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9125 Compact Transcoder - SPP 43 - Specification for Alcatel-Lucent
9125 Compact Transcoder Site Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
84 84 MGWs IP addresses
512
supported by BSC
512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of 512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC.
Contents
512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC Overview 84-1

Description 84-2
Parameters 84-2
512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC Overview

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2Ed2.2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
According to core network topology, all MSCs servers of a pool may use any of the
MGWs in the pool to dialogue with a given BSC. Thus, a BSC is linked to all MGWs of a
pool. In addition, a MGW have several IP addresses. For example 2 sets of addresses for
redundancy, and in each set one address by virtual MGW (a virtual MGW for each MSC
in a physical MGW).
The 512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC feature set the maximum number of the
MGW's IP addresses managed by BSC to 512.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with 9130 BSC Evolution and an NGN (MSC-Server and
MGW) core network.
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
512 MGWs IP addresses supported by BSC Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
85 Small Packet Detection
85
Small Packet Detection Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the “Small Packet Detection” feature.
Contents
Small Packet Detection Overview 85-1

Description 85-2
Parameters 85-3
Small Packet Detection Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Small Packet Detection Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The feature allows the allocation of radio timeslots based on packet size detection.
In the case of high traffic with small packets, SPD greatly improves PDCH efficiency.
Multiple thresholds for the packets size and the initial radio timeslot configuration, are
supported.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• All types of BTS.
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional and based on TRX PS capable quantity.
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Small Packet Detection
.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Small Packet Detection Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New
PACKET_SIZE_THR_1 Modified
PACKET_SIZE _ THR1_MAX_PDCH Modified

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Small Packet Detection Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
86 86
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity
VSWR Measurement
Capabilities Compared to
ANC/AGC
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities
Compared to ANC/AGC Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement
Capabilities Compared to ANC/AGC feature.
Contents
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities Compared to 86-2

ANC/AGC Overview
Description 86-2
Parameters 86-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities
Compared to ANC/AGC Compared to ANC/AGC Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities

Compared to ANC/AGC Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
This feature aims to get at least the same level of VSWR measurement capabilities as
from the Macro cabinet with AGC/ANC. It requires the same feature set as for the Macro
cabinet but for the MC-TRDU.
Formerly called VSWR Advanced.
Same functions as current provided in 9100 BTS system (currently provided by Antenna
Network Modules: ANX, ANC, ...) are required:
• Measurement of VSWR value and provide measurement value in BTS-NEM
• Adjustable VSWR warning threshold during commissioning
• Fix VSWR urgent alarm threshold value
• Alarms on OMC-R for warning (warning threshold) and urgent (urgent threshold)
• Shut down of cell if urgent threshold is reached.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities Feature Activation
Compared to ANC/AGC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
- BTS NEM User Guide, section VSWR Measurement.
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRDU: Feature Parity VSWR Measurement Capabilities Applicable Documents
Compared to ANC/AGC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Distributed Base Station - Commissioning Manual.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
87 87
Operation
(Reset/Lock/Unlock) on
Single RRH in a OLC from
both OMC-R and NEM
Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC from
both OMC-R and NEM Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a
OLC from both OMC-R and NEM feature.
Contents
Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC from both OMC-R 87-2

and NEM Overview
Description 87-2
Parameters 87-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC from
from both OMC-R and NEM both OMC-R and NEM Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC from

both OMC-R and NEM Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
The following scenarios Lock one specific TRE/CU SBL in a One Logical Cell,
Unlock/Init one specific TRE/CU SBL in a One Logical Cell and Reset one specific
TRE/CU SBL in a One Logical Cell are introduced to change the state of a single entity
inside a One Logical Cell and to not attempt an entire MC RRH.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported with One Logical Cell (Coverage Mode).
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC Parameters
from both OMC-R and NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

BSSUSM: Primary/Slave OLC TREs Table.
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation and Maintenance Center Radio B12 Online Help.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Operation (Reset/Lock/Unlock) on Single RRH in a OLC Applicable Documents
from both OMC-R and NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
88 88
Enhanced BSC Trace
Capabilities Based on IMSI
Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities based on IMSI
feature.
Contents
Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Overview 88-2

Description 88-2
Parameters 88-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
This feature is meant to enhance the basic IMSI trace so that GSM performance issues
can be simply resolved by looking at more complex call traces. This feature is the first
step towards feature IMSI/TMSI trace enhancement: Full signaling message trace for
several IMSI/TMSI, which deals with improving the current IMSI/TMSI tracing function
to support full A and Abis interface traces for several selected IMSI/TMSI and also
support full A and Abis interface traces for selected Time Slots for specified cell(s).
The Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI feature brings the following
improvements:
• BSC trace setting improvement so that testers and field users, even with little
experience can set BSC traces in an easy/effective way
• BSC trace collecting improvement so that testers and field users, even with little
experience can collect BSC traces in an easy/effective way
• Conversion of the real-time traces to PCAP format via a fake low layer header
• Support of a trace filter by IMSI
• Support of an activation and call trace setting filter on the BSC terminal.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
Evolution - Terminal User Guide, section Display/Modify BSC Parameters.
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Enhanced BSC Trace Capabilities Based on IMSI Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
The document impacted by this feature is Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Terminal
User Guide.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
89 89
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA
support in GSM
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM feature.
Contents
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM Overview 89-1

Description 89-2
Parameters 89-2
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature is meant to provide support for the MC-TRDU module used with Tower
Mounted Amplifier (TMA) in Current Window Alarm (CWA) mode.
A dual TMA in CWA mode needs DC current on both antenna feeders. This DC current
must be supervised between a low and a high threshold.
The thresholds must be defined using the BTS NEM Terminal.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• SUMX 19 Inch
• 9742 lightRadio TRDU (MC-TRDU).
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
- BTS NEM User Guide, section Edit TMA Settings.
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
The document(s) impacted by this feature is/are:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MC-TRDU: CWA TMA support in GSM Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
90 MUXRTP Support for AoIP
90
MUXRTP Support for AoIP Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of MUXRTP Support for AoIP feature.
Contents
MUXRTP Support for AoIP Overview 90-1

Description 90-2
Parameters 90-2
MUXRTP Support for AoIP Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MUXRTP Support for AoIP Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature was designed to offer RTP multiplexing capabilities to the 9130 BSC that
have AoIP feature enabled.
Multiplexing several RTP packets into a single IP/UDP packet allows to optimize the
bandwidth used.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with 9130 BSC Evolution equipped with TP3V3i3 boards
or newer variants.
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section MUXRTP Support for
AoIP.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_MUXRTP New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MUXRTP Support for AoIP Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical Evolutions.
See the following sections:
• BSSUSM: Main View
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 BSC Evolution - Change A Interface Mode
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation and Maintenance Center Radio - Online Help
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
MUXRTP Support for AoIP Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
91 91 the Clear Alarm in
Save
HAL when corresponding
Active Alarm is not in CAL
Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Alarm

is not in CAL Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding
Active Alarm is not in CAL feature.
Contents
Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Alarm is not in CAL 91-2
Overview
Description 91-2
Parameters 91-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active
Alarm is not in CAL Alarm is not in CAL Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Alarm

is not in CAL Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
This feature introduces a new way of resolving the issues that can be caused by Current
Alarm List (CAL) size limit.
A new parameter has been introduced in order to enforce the following mechanism: when
the Alarm Surveillance database (AS) receives a clear event, it checks if an alarm
matching the clear event already exists in CAL. If there is an alarm that matches the clear
event, this alarm's status is changed to “Cleared”.
If there is no alarm matching the clear event (this may be because the alarm has already
been purged), there are two possibilities:
• If the parameter is set to false, the clear event is ignored
• If the parameter is set to true, the clear event is purged into the Historical Alarm List
(HAL).
AS sorts on event date and time attribute. This helps to show the clear event next to its
associated alarm(s) for the alarms which have clearTime in additionalInfo (example:
alarms received from BSSIM and MFSIM).
There could be more than one not cleared alarms in HAL that have the same event date
and time. In this case, an additional criterion that can be used for the correlation is
alarmKey. For the post processing scripts or tools, the use of the alarmKey is mandatory
in order to find the matching between the clear event and associated alarm(s).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active Hardware Coverage
Alarm is not in CAL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Save the Clear Alarm
in HAL when Corresponding Active Alarm is not in CAL .
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
PURGE_UNMATCHED_CLEAR New

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Save the Clear Alarm in HAL when corresponding Active LMT/OMC HMI Updates
Alarm is not in CAL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
92 92
Power Calculation Tool for
MC Modules Multi-Techno
Operation
Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi-Techno Operation

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules
Multi-Techno Operation feature.
Contents
Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi -Techno Operation Overview 92-2
Description 92-2
Parameters 92-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi-Techno Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi -Techno
Operation Operation Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi -Techno

Operation Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
Previously to B12.2Ed.4 the MC module configuration facility was a standalone one. The
feature brings an important update of the BSSUSM views by integrating the power
calculation tool within this OMC-R module.
It allows the operator to provide sector level parameters.
The input parameters for the power calculation algorithm are:
• the number of 2G GSM carriers per band (GSM/DCS)
• the average other standard ratio per band of capable modules
• the number of modules configured as 1PA-2G/1PA-other standard, per band
• the number of MC modules configured as other standard only.
With this information, the OMC-R computes a balanced MC modules configuration for
each module of the BTS.
The outputs are:
• the average power per 2G carrier power in Watts on the considered PA (this is the
nominal average power per 2G carrier allocated on the specific PA)
• the average power per 2G carrier power in dBm on the considered PA (this is the
nominal average power per 2G carrier allocated on the specific PA)
• the average power budget for other standard (ie for all 3G/4G carriers) power in Watts
on the considered PA (This is the power budget available for all other standard 3G/4G
carriers on the considered PA)
• the average power budget for other Standard (ie for all 3G/4G carriers) power in dBm
on the considered PA (This is the power budget available for all other standard 3G/4G
carriers on the considered PA)
Each time an input parameter is updated for one given module, the resulting average
power per 2G carrier and the average power budget for OSF (3G/4G) carriers on the
considered PA are automatically computed by the OMC-R and displayed in dBm only.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi-Techno Description
Operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average power per 2G carrier and the power budget for other standard carriers are
given for information only. They are not used as MC module configuration parameters for
the MIB and OAM Abis interfaces.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only for MC modules.
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
MC_MODULE_NB_TRE_PA1 New
MC_MODULE_NB_TRE_PA2 New
AVERAGE_POWER_ PER_2G_CARRIER_PA1 New
AVERAGE_POWER_ PER_2G_CARRIER_PA2 New
AVERAGE_POWER_BUDGET_PERFOR_ALL_OSF_CARRIERS_ New
PA1
AVERAGE_POWER_BUDGET_PERFOR_ALL_OSF_CARRIERS_ New
PA2
OTHER_STANDARD_RATIO_PA1 Modified
MC_MODULE_NB_TRE Modified
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Power Calculation Tool for MC Modules Multi-Techno Counters and Indicators
Operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

BSSUSM: Modify BTS Remote Settings, Remote Settings, MC Module Configuration.
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
93 93 Engineering Mode: No
New
Alarms Forwarded to NMS
New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to
NMS feature.
Contents
New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS Overview 93-2

Description 93-2
Parameters 93-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
This feature offers the possibility to block sending alarms to Network Management
Center (NMC) for selected network elements (BSC/BTS/TC/MFS). The main purpose is
to reduce the alarm flow towards NMC.
The basic idea is to allow the user to set a selected network element in the “engineering
mode”, the new behavior being that:
• The NE behavior inside the OMC is not changed, alarms are normally displayed in
FMUSM
• The alarms concerning the specific NE are not forwarded to NMC
• The PM counters are reported as normal
The feature is activated in OMC via 'EN_ENGINEERING_MODE' parameter at
BSC/BTS/TC/MFS level. When this flag is enabled, no alarm for this NE is sent to NMC,
except the alarms raised before the engineering mode was switched on.
In case of the BTS, the engineering mode does not interfere with the “commercial usage”,
the specific behavior applied when the BTS is in “non commercial use” is the same
irrespective of the BTS engineering mode status.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• 9125 Transcoder
• All related BTSs
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section New Engineering
Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_ENGINEERING_MODE (BSC) New
EN_ENGINEERING_MODE (BTS) New
EN_ENGINEERING_MODE (MFS) New
EN_ENGINEERING_MODE (TC) New
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
New Engineering Mode: No Alarms Forwarded to NMS Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

• BSSUSM: View BTS
• DCN: Management
• RNUSM: SC: Supervised Configuration
Overview
Recommendations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
94 Multiple RRH Logical Cell
94
Multiple RRH Logical Cell Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Multiple RRH Logical Cell feature.
Contents
Multiple RRH Logical Cell Overview 94-1

Description 94-2
Parameters 94-3
Multiple RRH Logical Cell Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Multiple RRH Logical Cell Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
Multiple RRH Logical Cell feature is used for the coverage of train tracks or in other
situations where concentrated traffic moves between sites.
Each Logical Cell consists of a multiple receive/transmit sites and has a number of TRXs.
Each TRX is supported in each receive/transmit site (RRH). The selection of the
supported RRH at a given moment is done by the BTS. In this configuration, the TRX
from one RRH is considered as "primary" and the other TRXs as "slave". The
primary/slave roles are assigned by the BTS.
The feature provides a larger coverage than a cell on a single RRH. without increasing the
capacity.
The mobile does not do a handover between receive/transmit sites.
The accumulated outage time is reduced.
For configurations and/or reconfigurations and other information related to Multiple RRH
Logical Cell feature follow One Logical Cell steps, cases and sections in the
documentation.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
• BTS equipped with SUMX 19 inches board
• BTS equipped with 900/1800 MC-RRH 2PA or mini-RRH modules
• Particularly the 3 Logical Cells with 6 MC-RRH in mixed configuration is supported
only with BTS equipped with MC-RRH.
Multiband configuration is not supported in a Multiple RRH Logical Cell.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Multiple RRH Logical Cell Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
For specific information about the feature activation refer to Alcatel-Lucent Distributed
Base Station - Reconfigure RRH/Sectors on Distributed BTS, case C7 -Reconfigure
RRH Topology with option O6.
Parameters
Overview
There are no new or modified parameters. This feature uses the same parameters as OLC.

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Multiple RRH Logical Cell Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
For impacted documents refer to One Logical Cell applicable documents.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
95 95 to LTE FDD and LTE
GSM
TDD Cell Re-selection
from a Same GSM Cell
GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same
GSM Cell Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection
from a Same GSM Cell feature.
Contents
GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same GSM Cell 95-2
Overview
Description 95-2
Parameters 95-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same
GSM Cell GSM Cell Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same
GSM Cell Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
The feature allows GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a same GSM
cell.
• LTE cell reselection towards LTE FDD and LTE TDD cells is allowed from a same
BSS and from a same GSM cell
• 3G TDD and LTE FDD reselection from the same GSM cell is allowed
• 3G TDD and LTE TDD and LTE FDD reselection from the same GSM cell is allowed
• 3G FDD and 3G TDD reselection from the same GSM cell remains forbidden.
The not allowed combinations are forbidden by OMC rules. The new availability is
managed by OMC rules changes.
The rules which are removed are related to the following parameters:
• EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION
• EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION
• EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION
• FAKE_FDD_MANAGEMENT.
Additionally, it has been agreed to change the HMI name of the
EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION parameter into EN_FAST_3GLTE_RESELECTION in
order to better reflect its role.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same Hardware Coverage
GSM Cell
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_FAST_3GLTE_RESELECTION Modified

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
GSM to LTE FDD and LTE TDD Cell Re-selection from a Same LMT/OMC HMI Updates
GSM Cell
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Functional and Graphical Evolutions., section
RNUSM: Edit Cell, UMTS.
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
96 LCS Support GPS
96
LCS Support GPS Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of LCS Support GPS feature.
Contents
LCS Support GPS Overview 96-1

Description 96-2
Parameters 96-3
LCS Support GPS Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
LCS Support GPS Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The Location Services are end-user services, which provide the geographical location of
an MS (i.e. longitude, latitude and optionally altitude).
LCS is applicable to any target MS with possible restrictions on the supported positioning
methods depending on their capabilities.
The current implementation of the Alcatel Lucent BSS LCS includes:
• Cell-ID + TA
• Cell-ID + TA + NMR, where Cell-ID means Cell Identifier, TA Time Advance and
NMR Network Measurement Report.
GNSS means “Global Navigation Satellite System” which, among other satellite systems,
includes GPS. The feature allows to support on top the following GPS/GNSS positioning
methods:
• Autonomous mode. The MS determines its position based on signals received from
GNSS without assistance from network
• Assisted mode: MS-assisted or MS-based mode. The MS receives assistance data
from network. MS may support one or several GNSSs and the assistance data content
may vary depending on this capability.
The feature is supported:
• With 9130 BSC
• In CS domain only
• Over Lb itf (with an SMLC external to BSS).
A new supervision timer T_RRLP_SUP_LB is created in the context of Lb LCS, by
reusing T_Location timer.
The T_Location timer (existing but not used) belonged to the classic LCS positioning
method. It's HMI name is modified and the mandatory rules are removed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
LCS Support GPS Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
For specific information about the master feature activation, refer to: Alcatel-Lucent Base
Station Subsystem - Support of the GPS/GNSS Positioning Methods.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_LB_GPS New
CELLID_LCS_CLIENT_LB New
AGPS_LCS_CLIENT_LB New
T_Location_Longer_LB New
T_Location_LB New
T_Loc_abort_LB New
T_RRLP_Sup_LB Modified
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
LCS Support GPS Counters and Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

Evolutions
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent Base Station Subsystem - Support of the GPS/GNSS Positioning
Methods.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
97 97
Storage and Re-entry of
TMA Variables on Swap of
MC-TRDU
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of
MC-TRDU feature.
Contents
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU Overview 97-2

Description 97-2
Parameters 97-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of
MC-TRDU Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
Feature considerations:
• For an MC RH swap, the TMA variables have to be stored and recovered.
• In this scope there is a specific scenario for the swap of one MC RH module, and only
one at a time: lock the MC RH, do an MC_RH Replacement Begin, disconnect old
module, connect the new one, MC_RH Replacement End and unlock the new module.
• The user must ensure that the commissioning data of the old module is applicable to
the new module
• Each time, only one module can be replaced
• MC_RH TEI, RRH_ID, sector ID, TMA setting, VSWR warning threshold, TRX
number, PA ratio parameters are the same
• Only MAC address and serial number are different.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with the following paths:
•
• Same type of modules: MC_RH 900 <-> MC_RH 900, MC_RH 1800 <-> MC_RH
1800
• Same type of module with different bands: MC_RRH 900 <-> MC_RRH 1800,
MC_TRDU 900 <-> MC_TRDU 1800
• Different types of modules: MC_RRH -> SB_RRH.
Note: For now only the following swap configurations are allowed and tested:
MC_TRDU 900 <-> MC_TRDU 900, MC_TRDU 1800 <-> MC_TRDU 1800. Only
these configurations are described in customer documentation.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following paths are not supported:
• MC_RRH <-> MC_TRDU
• SB_RRH <-> MC_TRDU
• SB_RRH -> MC_RRH.
The One Logical Cell (Coverage Mode) is out of the scope of this feature.
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
- BTS NEM User Guide, section GSM MC_RH Replacement
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of MC-TRDU Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9711 Indoor Base Station - Maintenance Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent lightRadio 9712 Outdoor Base Station - Maintenance Guide
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
98 98
Storage and Re-entry of
TMA Variables on Swap of
SUMX
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX

Introduction
Purpose
This section provides an overview of Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of
SUMX feature.
Contents
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX Overview 98-2

Description 98-2
Parameters 98-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX

Overview
Overview
Description
Overview
Feature considerations:
• During a SUMX 19” swap, to restore the commissioning data on the new SUMX 19”,
a new step is mandatory: download from the BTS NEM PC the saved commissioning
data, data belonging to the initial SUMX 19” board.
• Following commissioning data are saved in top of the existing ones. BTS NEM
backup these data during offline or online commissioning operation. They are
recovered during the SUMX 19” swap operation by downloading them from the BTS
NEM PC. BTS NEM is the most suitable place to keep the BTS commissioning data
considering the space needed and interface change needed.
– TLV#394 MC-TRE configuration
– TLV#385 Alarm mapping
– TLV#395 TMA capability
– TLV#452 VSWR Tracking record
– TLV#450 NEM Topology data.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with BTS equipped with SUMX 19” board.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
- BTS NEM User Guide, section Commissioning Settings...
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Storage and Re-entry of TMA Variables on Swap of SUMX Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Station - Corrective Maintenance Handbook.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
99 99 Enlarged Frequency
Cell
Span
Cell Enlarged Frequency Span

Purpose
This section provides an overview of Cell Enlarged Frequency Span feature.
Contents
Cell Enlarged Frequency Span 99-1

Description 99-2
Parameters 99-3
Cell Enlarged Frequency Span

Overview
Note: This feature is available starting with B12.2 Ed4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Cell Enlarged Frequency Span Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
The enlarged cell frequency span brings an enhancement to the checking mechanism of
TRX frequency span from OMC-R.
The feature enforces the BTS to check the bandwidth per MC-module when it receives
the radio configuration. If the bandwidth is larger than the MCPA frequency span (or PA
RF BW), the BTS sends an alarm about all involved MC-modules.
The feature is activated by default.
EN_ECFS_OMC is a new parameter introduced to activate/deactivate the feature.
This parameter indicates whether the OMC-R applies the normal cell MCPA frequency
span specific checks or the enlarged cell MCPA frequency span ones.
• If EN_ECFS_OMC is FALSE, the OMC-R applies the normal cell MCPA frequency
span specific checks. In this case the OMC-R raises an error if the mandatory rule is
not met.
• If EN_ECFS_OMC is TRUE, the OMC applies the enlarged cell MCPA frequency span
specific checks.
This means that the OMC raises a warning if, for at least one band B of the aim cell,
the highest frequency minus the lowest frequency used by all TRXs configured within
band B is greater than MC_MODULE_FREQUENCY_SPAN of at least one MC module
capable of band B under the aim cell - where B can be GSM or DCS, respectively.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported for SB-RRH.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Cell Enlarged Frequency Span Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
The feature is commercially optional and managed by the following parameter:
EN_ECFS_OMC
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Cell Enlarged
Frequency Span.
Parameters
Overview
deployment.
Name New/Modified
EN_ECFS_OMC New

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

There are no HMI updates.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Cell Enlarged Frequency Span Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent GSM 2G - Software - B12/B12 9153 OMC-R Software Replacement
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Installation Manual
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
100 100
IP BSS Transmission Alarm
IP BSS Transmission Alarm Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of IP BSS Transmission Alarm feature.
Contents
IP BSS Transmission Alarm Overview 100-1

Description 100-2
Parameters 100-3
IP BSS Transmission Alarm Overview

Overview
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP BSS Transmission Alarm Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Overview
This feature enables customer to supervise the IP BTS transmission link (user plane)
through two new alarms in BSSoIP configuration.
The feature provides:
• A dedicated alarm, called “BSC-BTS IP link fluctuation”, which efficiently reflects
when an IP BTS transmission link is fluctuating during a predefined period of
supervision time.
For the “BSC-BTS IP link fluctuation” alarm, the trigger and clear mechanism is
based on the current LAPD link supervision mechanism with 2 new parameters
introduced.
• Another dedicated alarm, called “BSC-BTS IP link failure”, is raised when the IP BTS
transmission link is observed as failure. The purpose of the alarm is exactly the same
with the existing alarm “IPTCH link Out of Service” but it is reported from BSC side
and not from the BTS.
The “BSC-BTS IP link failure” alarm is fully based on the current LAPD link
supervision mechanism.
Previously related existing alarms:
• “IPTCH link Out of Service” dedicated for the IP BTS in case the transmission link
(also called traffic link, user plane link) is out of service. The alarm is generated by
the BTS, and send to BSC then to OMC via OML link.
• “LOSS-OF-ALL-CHANNEL” which indicates more root causes than just
transmission link is out of service.
Note: The following:
• “IPTCH link out of service” is kept
• “LOSS-OF-ALL-CHANNEL” is kept, but it is not referred by customer in IP
transmission alarm feature because it is too general.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP BSS Transmission Alarm Hardware Coverage
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Coverage
Overview
The feature is supported only with IP BTS.
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section IP BSS Transmission
Alarm .
Parameters
Overview
This section contains the new parameters involved in the feature deployment.
Name New/Modified
FLUCTUATION_THRESHOLD New
T_FLUCTUATION_SUP New

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
IP BSS Transmission Alarm LMT/OMC HMI Updates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
Evolution - Terminal User Guide, section Display/Modify VGCS-BSC Parameters.
OMC HMI Updates

Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation & Maintenance Center Radio - Telecom Parameters
Dictionary.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
101 9130
101 MFS Hard Disk Wrong
Sectors Detection
9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of 9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection
feature.
Contents
9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection Overview 101-2

Description 101-2
Parameters 101-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection 9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
This feature enables the monitoring of the 9130 MFS Evolution OMCP HDD . In case of
errors an alarm is sent to OMC-R and the operator is informed of the problem.
The monitoring tool used is LogSurfer, which is a program for monitoring system logs in
real-time, and take predefined actions for specific error.
LogSurfer will be installed and configured to run on both MFS OMCP boards, to monitor
Linux system log.
If a HDD error is found an INDUS script is called to take predefined action:
• Because alarm only can be reported from the active OMCP, if it’s the active OMCP,
directly report the alarm
• If it’s standby OMCP, connects to active OMCP and reports the alarm.
If the HDD alarm is received at OMC-R, the operator has to reset the OMCP or replace
the OMCP according to the procedure.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection Feature Activation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Feature Activation
Overview
Subsystem - Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section 9130 MFS Hard Disk
Wrong Sectors Detection .
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS
Evolution - IMT User Guide, section Clear OMCP HDD Alarm.
OMC HMI Updates

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
9130 MFS Hard Disk Wrong Sectors Detection Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Recommendations
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Alarm Dictionary.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
102 Support
102 of
FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the
9130 MFS
Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Introduction

Purpose
This section provides an overview of the Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130
MFS feature.
Contents
Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Overview 102-2

Description 102-2
Parameters 102-3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Overview

Overview
Description
Overview
The 9130 MFS Evolution architecture includes several functional boards, which are
designed to perform specific tasks like: processing, packaging, routing and so on. From
all of these tasks, the routing task is assigned to the switch (SSW) boards.
With this feature a newer version of these switches is introduced. They are called
FMAXGB and ROETHAA.
The FMAXGB board replaces the previous switch board called JBXSSW and the
ROETHAA replaces the JAXSSW.
To find out more about these new boards refer to the dedicated sections located in the
following document: Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Hardware Description.
Hardware Coverage
Overview
Feature Activation
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Overview

Overview
LMT/OMC HMI Updates

LMT Updates
OMC HMI Updates

BSSUSM: Main View.
Overview
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Maintenance Handbook
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Hardware Description
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Functional Description
• 9130 MFS - IMT User Guide
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Commissioning Manual
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Change Configuration
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Merge two 9130 MFS Evolution
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Support of FMAXGB&ROETHAA in the 9130 MFS Applicable Documents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Software Installation
• Alcatel-Lucent 9130 MFS Evolution - Commissioning Manual.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Index
D document support, lx
.............................................................
P phone numbers
for document support, lx
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent BSS IN-1
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-2 Alcatel-Lucent BSS
9YZ-03803-1801-TQZZA B12

Alcatel New Features B12

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Alcatel New Features B12

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Title page

Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.

About this document

What's new .................................................................................................................................................................................. xlix

New in this release ................................................................................................................................................................... lviii

Intended audience ....................................................................................................................................................................... lix

Supported systems ...................................................................................................................................................................... lix

How to use this document ........................................................................................................................................................ lix

Prerequisites .................................................................................................................................................................................. lix

Conventions used ........................................................................................................................................................................ lix

Related information ..................................................................................................................................................................... lx

Document support ........................................................................................................................................................................ lx

Technical support .......................................................................................................................................................................... lx

How to order ................................................................................................................................................................................... lx

How to comment ........................................................................................................................................................................... lx

1 B12 Features Overview

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1

Document Structure ................................................................................................................................................................. 1-1

B12 Features ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-2

2 IP Transport in the BSS

IP Transport in the BSS Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 2-1

IP Transport in the BSS Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 2-1

Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-2

Hardware Coverage .................................................................................................................................................................. 2-4

Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-5

Counters and Indicators ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-13

LMT/OMC HMI Updates ................................................................................................................................................... 2-16

Applicable Documents ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-16

3 Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs)

Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Introduction ..................................................................................... 3-1

Support of 1400 TRX / 7 CCP (6300 Erlangs) Overview .......................................................................................... 3-1

Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-2

Hardware Coverage .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-3

Feature Activation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4

Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4

Counters and Indicators .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-5

LMT/OMC HMI Updates ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-5

Applicable Documents ............................................................................................................................................................ 3-5

4 VAMOS (Voice services over Adaptive Multi-rate channels on One Slot)

VAMOS Introduction .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-1

VAMOS Overview ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1

Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-2

Hardware Coverage .................................................................................................................................................................. 4-3

Feature Activation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 4-3

Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-3

Counters and Indicators .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-7

LMT/OMC HMI Updates ................................................................................................................................................... 4-10

Applicable Documents ......................................................................................................................................................... 4-10

Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-2

Hardware Coverage .................................................................................................................................................................. 5-3

Feature Activation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 5-3

Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-3

Counters and Indicators .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-3

LMT/OMC HMI Updates ...................................................................................................................................................... 5-3

Applicable Documents ............................................................................................................................................................ 5-4

6 Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis

Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Introduction ................................................................. 6-1

Ethernet BTS: Support of Optical Transmission on Abis Overview ...................................................................... 6-2

Description .................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-2

Hardware Coverage .................................................................................................................................................................. 6-4

Feature Activation ..................................................................................................................................................................... 6-4

Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-4

Counters and Indicators .......................................................................................................................................................... 6-4

LMT/OMC HMI Updates ...................................................................................................................................................... 6-4